Residential Ventilation

Transcription

lindab | residential ventil ation
Residential Ventilation
Residential ventilation
1
Circular duct systems
2
Hoods, grilles and transitions
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
lindab | resid ential ven tilati on
Introduction Residential catalogue
1
2
3
4
5
We are facing one of the toughest challenges in decades.
New buildings and existing homes must minimize their use
of energy. In less than 10 years all new built homes are supposed to use almost no energy at all according to EU directives. This means the buildings must be better insulated and
more air tight. It also means that existing homes must be
upgraded. - but when speaking about low energy houses
it is equally important to think about ventilation and a good
indoor climate.
The Lindab group was established in 1959, and we are one
of the world leading ventilation suppliers. We can offer you a
strong and wide range of components and solutions for residential ventilation, they are all supported by our R&D and
test centers, IT solutions and high skilled staff - so if you
choose Lindab as your partner you will get access to
Lindab's more than 50 years of experience and knowhow.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
2
We reserve the right to make changes without prior notice
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
Circular duct
1
2
Female
couplings
BU 90°........................................................ 9
BU 60°...................................................... 11
BU 45°...................................................... 13
BU 30°...................................................... 15
BU 15°...................................................... 17
End caps
MF............................................................. 37
SMFU........................................................ 39
Bends
3
BFU 90°.................................................... 10
BFU 60°.................................................... 12
BFU 45°.................................................... 14
BFU 30°.................................................... 16
BFU 15°.................................................... 18
4
5
BKU90° .................................................... 19
BKFU 90° ................................................. 20
BKMU 90° ................................................ 21
6
EPF ........................................................... 40
Wall stubs
TVILU ........................................................ 44
BU GJUT ................................................. 22
BSIU GJUT.............................................. 23
7
8
SR............................................................... 6
Reducers
RCU.......................................................... 24
RCFU........................................................ 25
9
10
Rect-to-round
transition
LORU........................................................ 27
11
12
T-pieces
TCPU........................................................ 28
TCPMU..................................................... 31
TCSIU GJUT............................................ 32
TCPU GJUT ............................................ 33
TCPU GIPS ............................................. 33
TCPU KORT ............................................ 35
13
14
Take-offs
ILRU ......................................................... 41
ILU............................................................ 42
ILF ............................................................ 43
15
16
Couplings
NPU.......................................................... 36
SNPU ....................................................... 38
17
18
4
The Safe-system
Tightness
• Safe is a quickly assembled system for round ventilation ducts.
• Safe is type approved to class D by SITAC, no. 1358/
88.
• The complete programme has dimensions according
to Eurovent 2/3 and Swedish Standard SS-EN 1506.
• The system is based on a double-lipped, factoryinstalled seal made from EPDM rubber. The moulding,
which can withstand rough handling, and is almost
insensitive to temperature changes, gives a very airtight seal.
1
A duct system will never be “completely tight”. The system
will normally have some leaks at joints between ducts and
fittings. The leakage will also increase as the pressure
difference between the in- and outside of the duct sides
increases.
2
The leakage factor in (l/s)/m2 is always specified in relation
to the pressure difference in Pa. (The unit (l/s)/m2 denotes
the leakage flow in l/s in or out of the system in relation to its
duct area in m2.) The graph below shows the leakage factor
for the sealing classes A–D as a function of the pressure difference.
3
4
Advantages of the Safe-system
4,0
A
1,32
0,44
0,5
5
B
1,0
[(l/s)/m2]
• Quick assembly.
• Factory fitted seal with no loose fittings.
• Can be twisted and adjusted with tightness
unaffected.
• Installation without sealant or solvents.
• Can be used in all climates.
• Seal moulding remains tight from 5 000 Pa negative
pressure to 3 000 Pa positive pressure.
Duct resistance to collapse differs from these pressures, and is noted on page 49.
• Type approved to sealing class D.
6
C
0,15
7
D
0,1
0,05
0,05
8
Click function
The Click function exists in principle on all Safe-products.
The exeptions are stated under each product.
The Click function exists on the dimensions Ø 80–315.
The Click function means;
a. that an end with male measure has an open turned-over
end and
b. that an end with female measure has a number of
notches.
Type approval
Approval no 1358/88 means that the Safe-system complies
with the requirements for tightness class D without any
demand for pressure testing after installation.
The approval is only valid on condition that all fittings are
marked by us in accordance with the example and are
installed in accordance with the accompanying installation
instruction.
Marking
0,01
50
100
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Lindab Safe® Click
BU 125 90 GALV
TG 1358/88
88
7 9
7 9
TG
1819/533/90
9
2000
This is one reason why we have given all fittings a turnedover edge and have given still more fittings a stop bead.
This gives us stable products which are better suited to
withstand handling on site at the same time as the risk of
skewed assembly falls.
Turned-over edge design
TG 1358/88
1000
The graph shows that sealing class D is 3 times better than
class C, which in turn is 3 times better than class B etc.
Class D thus entails demands on not only the seal moulding
but also the fittings and how well the system is installed.
Each individual product is marked with a special label or
stamped in the metal.
4 6
400 500
[Pa]
1358/
17
18
5
Circular duct
SR
Dimensions
1
t
l
Ød
2
3
t
l
Ød*
4
5
6
Description
Circular duct.
7
Ducts are always produced locally and can therefore have
different thicknesses and other specifications per country.
8
The ducts can be produced both with and without click
function (notches).
Please specify when ordering.
9
10
Ød
std
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250 *
315 *
O
πd
m
0,198
0,251
0,314
0,393
0,503
0,628
0,785
0,990
12
13
14
15
Ordering example
SR
17
18
6
t
std
mm
0,5
0,45
0,45
0,45
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,55
* With outturned stiffening corrugation.
11
16
A
πd²/4
m2
0,003
0,005
0,008
0,012
0,020
0,031
0,049
0,078
200
3000 CLIC
Product
Dimension Ød
Length l
Type
l
std
mm
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
ml
std
kg/m
0,89
0,91
1,14
1,41
2,02
2,56
3,18
4,41
Circular duct
SR
Technical data
1
[Pa/m]
200
0
0
0
4
50
5
12
10
00
80
0
0
5
4
3
Δpt
63
40
0
]
5
5
3
[mm
50
10
31
25
20
0
0
5
16
12
10
10
ød
v[
m
/s
]
50
80
20
15
63
2
100
2
1
6
0.5
7
0.1
8
0.05
0.02
5
10
10
50
50
100
100
500
500 1000
1000
5000 10000
5000 10000
q
9
50000 [l/s]
50000 100000 [m3/h]
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
7
Circular duct
SR
Technical data
1
2
3
4
5
Special versions
Strength
We can supply ducts with the following special designs:
• In intermediate dimensions, see page .
• Extra tight, with nitrile rubber seal in the lock seam
• In other sheet metal thicknesses
Positive pressure
in case of high positive pressure, the seal moulding lips will
first start to whistle. At considerably higher pressure, the
joints between the ducts will be forced apart. If you manage
to fix the connections very well, the ducts will burst at their
seams at even higher pressure. The high pressures needed
for this to happen are not relevant to ventilation installations.
Extra tight, with seam seal
When extremely good sealing is required in the spiral seam,
the ducts can also be supplied with a special rubber seal in
the seam.
7
Other sheet metal thicknesses
If extra stability is needed in ducts, because of high negative
pressure etc., they can be supplied with thicker sheet metal
than standard. Remember that the thickness increase
always reduces the inner diameter. Fittings for such special
ducts must be specified separately and sometimes have to
be made specially.
8
Reinforcement corrugations
Ducts of Ø250 mm and above are normally given stiffening
corrugations to increase radial stiffness.
6
Negative pressure
In installations with high negative pressure, there is a risk
that the ducts could collapse.
This seal is very effective at stopping leakage of vegetable
oils and greases, and most petroleum products including
white spirit.
This phenomenon is referred to as buckling, and can suddenly happen at the weakest point in the system. Buckling
wanders along the duct, which can be completely flattened.
The weakest point is frequently a "transport dent" on a duct.
For this reason, only use undamaged ducts in systems
which are close to the critical pressure!
Sealing
The ability of the seal moulding to seal is different from
these pressures, and is noted on page .
9
10
11
12
Collapsing pressure for duct SR
Diameter
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
Sheet metal
0,5
0,45
0,45
0,45
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,55 0,55
0,7
0,7
0,8
0,9
0
-10
14
0,9
With stiffening corrugations
Without stiffening corrugations
13
1000 1250
Negative
pressure
-7,2
-4,3
-4,8
-3,0
-3,5
-3,0
-3,2
400
500
630
800
-1,0
-0,8
-11,7
-20
-17,0
-21,4
-30
15
-40
-40,4 *
16
-50
-47,0 *
* Collapse not achieved
17
[kPa]
-60
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
18
8
1000 1250
Bend
BU 90°
Dimensions
1
l
3
l
rm
2
α
4
Ød1
5
r m ≈ 1·d 1
Description
Pressed and seam welded bend.
63
80
Ød1 [mm]
100 125 160 200 250
100
Δ pt [Pa]
50
10
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
l
mm
110
105
100
125
160
200
250
6
m
kg
0,20
0,26
0,31
0,48
0,74
1,12
1,77
7
8
9
5
10
1
10
50
50
100
100
500
1000
1000
500
5000
3000 [l/s]
10000 [m3/h]
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BU
100
90
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
9
Bend – lockseamed
BFU 90°
Dimensions
1
l
2
l
3
α
4
Ød1
5
6
r m ≈ 1·d 1
Description
Ød1
nom
250
315
Segmented and lockseamed bend.
7
250
100
315
400
Ød1 [mm]
500
630
50
Δ pt [Pa]
8
9
800
1000
10
1250
5
10
1
100
11
500
500
1000
1000
5000
5000
10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10000
q
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
BFU
315
90
18
10
rm
l
mm
250
315
m
kg
2,20
3,00
Bend
BU 60°
Dimensions
1
l
2
3
l
rm
α
4
Ød1
5
r m ≈ 1·d 1
Description
63
80
Ød1 [mm]
100 125 160 200 250
70
50
Δ pt [Pa]
10
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
l
mm
64
58
58
72
92
115
144
6
m
kg
0,30
0,32
0,33
0,33
0,56
0,82
1,12
7
8
9
5
10
1
0,7
10
50
50
100
100
500
1000
1000
500
5000
3000 [l/s]
10000 [m3/h]
11
q
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BU
125
60
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
11
Bend – lockseamed
BFU 60°
Dimensions
1
l
2
α
rm
l
3
4
Ød1
r m ≈ 1·d 1
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
250
315
7
250
70
50
315
400
Ød1 [mm]
500
630
800
9
10
11
Δ pt [Pa]
8
1000
10
1250
5
1
0,7
100
500
500
1000
1000
5000
5000
10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10000
q
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
BFU
315
60
18
12
l
mm
144
182
m
kg
1,48
2,20
Bend
BU 45°
Dimensions
1
l
2
rm
3
l
α
4
Ød1
r m ≈ 1·d 1
Description
63
80
Ød1 [mm]
100 125 160 200 250
50
Δ pt [Pa]
10
5
5
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
l
mm
46
41
41
52
66
83
103
6
m
kg
0,16
0,17
0,21
0,29
0,48
0,80
1,05
7
8
9
10
1
0,5
10
50
50
100
100
500
500
1000
1000
5000
3000 [l/s]
10000 [m3/h]
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BU
125
45
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
13
Bend – lockseamed
BFU 45°
Dimensions
1
l
2
α
4
rm
l
3
Ød1
r m = 1·d 1
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
250
315
7
250
50
315
400
Ød1 [mm]
500
630
800
8
9
10
Δ pt [Pa]
10
1000
5
1250
1
0,5
100
11
500
500
1000
1000
5000
5000
10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10000
q
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
BFU
315
45
18
14
l
mm
104
130
m
kg
1,26
1,90
Bend
BU 30°
Dimensions
1
2
l
3
rm
l
α
4
Ød1
r m ≈ 1·d 1
5
Description
63
80
Ød1 [mm]
100 125 160 200 250
30
10
Δ pt [Pa]
5
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
l
mm
29
27
27
33
43
54
67
6
m
kg
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,20
0,32
0,62
0,91
7
8
9
1
10
0,5
0,3
10
50
50
100
100
500
500
1000
1000
5000
3000 [l/s]
10000 [m3/h]
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BU
125
30
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
15
Bend – lockseamed
BFU 30°
Dimensions
1
2
l
α
4
rm
l
3
Ød1
r m = 1·d 1
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
250
315
7
250
30
8
400
Ød1 [mm]
500
630
800
10
Δ pt [Pa]
9
315
1000
5
1250
1
10
0,5
0,3
100
11
500
500
1000
1000
5000
5000
10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10000
q
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
BFU
315
30
18
16
l
mm
67
84
m
kg
1,00
1,42
Bend
BU 15°
Dimensions
1
l
2
rm
3
l
α
Ød1
4
r m ≈ 1·d 1
5
Description
Ød1
nom
63 *
80 *
100
125
160
200
63
80
Ød1 [mm]
100 125 160 200
20
10
Δ pt [Pa]
5
l
mm
14
13
13
16
21
26
6
m
kg
0,09
0,11
0,15
0,18
0,24
0,47
7
8
9
* Segmented and lockseamed
1
0,5
10
0,2
10
50
50
100
100
500
500
1000
1000
5000
3000 [l/s]
10000 [m3/h]
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BU
125
15
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
17
Bend – lockseamed
BFU 15°
Dimensions
1
l
2
α
rm
l
3
Ød1
4
r m =1·d 1
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
250
315
7
250
20
315
400
Ød1 [mm]
500
630
10
8
800
Δ pt [Pa]
9
5
1000
1
1250
10
0,5
0,2
100
11
500
500
1000
1000
5000
5000
10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10000
q
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
BFU
315
15
18
18
l
mm
33
41
m
kg
0,65
0,91
Bend – short
BKU90°
Dimensions
1
l
2
rm
l
3
4
α
Ød1
5
r m ≈ 0,6·d 1
Description
Pressed and seam welded bend with short installation
length.
5
16
0
100
12
80
10
0
Ød1 [mm]
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
l
mm
80
62
79
94
6
m
kg
0,14
0,22
0,31
0,50
7
8
50
Δpt [Pa]
9
10
5
11
1
10
50
50
100
500 1000 [l/s]
100
500
q
12
[m³/h]
1000
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BKU
100
90
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
19
Bend – short, lockseamed
BKFU 90°
Dimensions
1
l
2
l
3
rm
4
α
Ød1
5
6
r m ≈ 0,6·d 1
Description
Segmented and lockseamed bend with short installation
length.
7
100
0
63
0
80
0
10
00
8
50
20
0
25
0
31
5
40
0
Ød1 [mm]
12
50
50
Ød1
nom
200
250
315
10
Δpt [Pa]
9
10
5
11
1
12
50
100
5000 10000 [l/s]
500 1000
500 1000
5000 10000
[m³/h]
q
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
BKFU
250
90
18
20
l
mm
158
180
220
m
kg
1,18
1,64
2,49
Bend – Casting-in
programme
BKMU 90°
Dimensions
1
l
Ød
2
rm
l1
3
α
4
Ød1
5
r m = 0,6·d 1
Description
Pressed and seam welded bend with short installation
length and female end.
5
16
0
100
12
80
10
0
Has Click function at the Safe end – has an open turnedover end.
Has not any Click function at the female end – hasn’t any
notches.
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
l
mm
123
105
120
136
l1
mm
80
62
79
94
6
m
kg
0,13
0,21
0,31
0,63
7
8
Ød1 [mm]
9
50
Δpt [Pa]
10
11
5
12
1
10
50
50
100
500 1000 [l/s]
100
500
q
13
[m³/h]
1000
14
15
16
Ordering example
BKMU
100
90
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
17
18
21
Bend – Casting-in
programme
BU GJUT
Dimensions
1
l
Ød inv
2
l1
3
4
Ød1
5
6
Description
Short installation length with female end and nail flange with
pre-punched holes.
7
8
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BU
17
100
90
GJUT
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
Specification
18
22
l
mm
101
93
106
130
l1
mm
80
62
79
94
m
kg
0,26
0,24
0,32
0,43
Bend – Casting-in
programme
BSIU
Dimensions
1
l
Ød
2
l1
3
4
Ød1
5
Description
Short installation lenght with air valve socket and nail flange
with pre-punched holes. Fits air valve KVB etc.
Ød1
nom
100
125
160
Ød
nom
92
117
152
l
mm
93
106
131
l1
mm
62
79
94
6
m
kg
0,23
0,31
0,39
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
BSIU
100
90
GJUT
Product
Dimension Ød1
Angle α
Specification
17
18
23
Reducer
RCU
Dimensions
1
l
l
2
Ød2
Ød1
Ød1
Ød2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Pressed, concentric reducer to meet demands for short
installation length with low pressure drop and low internal
noise generation.
Pressure drop, see graphs on page 26.
8
9
10
11
12
13
Ød1
nom
80
100
100 *
125 *
125 *
160
160 *
160 *
200 *
200 *
200 *
250
250 *
250 *
315
315 *
315 *
l
mm
18
30
26
36
27
55
46
35
46
55
39
70
60
42
91
74
50
* With stream-lined transition
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød2
RCU
315
250
18
24
Ød2
nom
63
63
80
80
100
80
100
125
100
125
160
125
160
200
160
200
250
m
kg
0,12
0,17
0,18
0,16
0,21
0,31
0,17
0,22
0,22
0,30
0,29
0,62
0,46
0,46
0,86
0,72
0,65
lindab | i ndomo
Reducer
RCFU
Dimensions
1
3
Ød2
Ød
2
4
l
5
Description
Pressed, concentric reducer with female coupling, with a
45° angle to meet demands for short installation length with
low pressure drop and low internal noise generation. Ød fits
outside another fitting.
Pressure drop, see graphs on page 26.
Ød
nom
80
80
100
Ød2
nom
63
76
63
l
mm
57
50
70
6
m
kg
0,11
0,11
0,14
7
8
Has Click function at the Safe end – has an open turnedover end.
Has normally not any Click function at the female end –
hasn’t any notches.
Can to order be delivered with Click function at the female
end as well – i.e. with notches.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
RCFU
315
250
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension Ød2
17
18
25
Reducers
RCU, RCFU
Technical data
1
1 dimension step
v
[Pa]
Ød
1
100
Ød
[mm
80–
63
100
–80
125
–1
160 00
–12
5
200
–16
0
250
–2
315 00
–25
0
400
–3
500 15
–4
630 00
–50
0
2
v
[Pa]
100
Ød
1
]
v [m
/s]
50
9
8
7
6
10
10
9
8
7
Δ pt
5
Δ pt
4
50
4
5 3
5
1
10
50
50
5
4
100
100
500 1000
500 1000
1
10
5000 10000 [l/s]
5000 10000
[m3/h]
50
50
100
100
500 1000
q
q
500 1000
5000 10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
5000 10000
2 dimension steps
1
Ød
2
–6
125 3
–80
160
–1
200 00
–1
250 25
–16
315 0
–20
0
400
–25
0
500
–
630 315
–40
0
]
50
15
50
]
v [m
/s]
v [m
5
Δ pt
Δ pt
[mm
10
9
8
7
6
6
4
10
Ød
2
100
100
9
1
/s]
100
Ød
v
[Pa]
[mm
100
–6
125 3
–80
160
–10
0
200
–12
5
250
–
315160
–2
400 00
–2
500 50
–31
5
630
–40
0
Ød
v
[Pa]
8
10
]
2
6
7
[mm
6
10
5
3
Ød
2
15
v [m
/s]
3
80–
63
100
–80
125
–10
160
0
–12
5
200
–1
250 60
–20
315 0
–25
0
400
–31
500 5
–4
630 00
–50
0
2
3
5
10 5
5
2
11
1
10
12
50
50
100
100
500 1000
500 1000
1
10
5000 10000 [l/s]
5000 10000
[m3/h]
50
50
500 1000
q
100
q
500 1000
5000 10000 [l/s]
5000 10000
[m3/h]
3 dimension steps
–8
200 0
–
250100
–12
315 5
–1
400 60
–2
500 00
–25
0
630
–31
5
50
4
v [m
/s]
15
15
100
/s]
100
v [m
[Pa]
14
Ød1 Ø
d2 [m
m]
v
[Pa]
50
3
160
–
200 80
–10
0
250
–12
315 5
–1
400 60
–20
0
500
–2
630 50
–31
5
Ød1 Ø
d2 [m
m]
v
160
13
100
10
9
8
Δ pt
16
Δ pt
2
10
10
5
5
17
1
10
18
26
50
50
100
100
500 1000
500 1000
q
5000 10000 [l/s]
5000 10000
[m3/h]
1
10
50
50
100
100
500 1000
q
500 1000
5000 10000 [l/s]
5000 10000
[m3/h]
Rect-to-round transition
LORU
Dimensions
1
1
b
Ød1
2
3
l
a
2
3
4
5
5
4
Description
6
Rect-to-round transition are used between rectangular and
circular ducts. The rectangular connection has joining profiles type RJFP and the circular connection has Safe seal.
The rectangular connection is available with offsets as in the
coded sketches.
6
h
Ordering example
.....
9
e
LORNP: Transition with male coupling (without gasket)
LORMF: Transition with female coupling
LORFL: Transition with flange coupling
LORU 500 300 160 450 1
Product
Largest side
a
Smallest side
b
Diameter
Ød1
l
Length
The alternative displacements are seen
from the circular end 1 – 6
e
(Only at alternative 6.)
Displacement
h
(Only at alternative 6.)
Displacement
8
b
Measures e and h only need to be given for alternative 6.
Negative values for e, for example, mean that e is outside
side a.
The Rect-to-round transition LORU can also be manufactured with other designs of the circular connection. It then
changes name as follows:
7
.....
a
a
mm
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1800
2000
l
std
mm
300
300
300
300
300
300
450
450
450
450
450
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
27
T-piece
TCPU
Dimensions
1
Ød3
2
Ød1
l3
3
4
l
5
6
Description
T-piece built with PSU saddle or a fully pressed top section.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Ød1
nom
63
80
80
100
100
100
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
250
315
315
315
315
Ød3
nom
63
63
80
63
80
100
80
100
125
80
100
125
160
100
125
160
200
125
160
200
250
160
200
250
315
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
TCPU
250
160
18
28
l
mm
125
125
140
125
103
130
97
130
165
140
130
166
209
175
215
209
249
220
256
306
296
256
306
350
363
l3
mm
42
50
52
60
65
65
75
78
83
92
95
100
105
115
115
125
125
145
150
150
150
182
182
182
182
m
kg
0,26
0,31
0,36
0,35
0,23
0,32
0,34
0,37
0,44
0,59
0,46
0,53
0,63
0,88
1,02
0,67
1,21
1,48
1,58
1,78
1,65
1,96
2,14
2,59
2,20
T-piece
TCPU
Supply air
1
Diverging flow
[Pa]
200
2
100
Ød3
v3 m/s
50
Ød2
Δ pt
Ød1
3
14
12
10
8
10
4
6
5
5
4
1
6
2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
[m/s]
v1
Diverging flow
7
[Pa]
30
Ød3
2
20
v1
<1
v2
10
Ød1
v2 [ m
/s ]
14 16
12
[
v2
s
m/
4
6
8
10
12
]
10
Δ pt
Ød2
5
10
2
v1
>1
v2
4
1
11
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16 [m/s]
12
v1
Diverging flow
[Pa]
200
Ød3
v3 [ m/s ]
13
16
14
12
100
14
Ød2
Δ pt
10
Ød1
9
8
6
The diagram is also applicable to
reduction in Ød2.
8
50
8
15
6
20
4
10
16
5
2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16 [m/s]
17
v 1 = v2
18
29
T-piece
TCPU
Exhaust air
1
2
Converging flow
[Pa]
100
Ød3
4
Ød1
Ød2
50
Δ pt
3
v2 [ m/s ]
5
0
6
-40
4
6
8
10
0
16
14
12
2
4
6
8
12
16 [m/s]
14
v3
7
Converging flow
[Pa]
8
2
50
16
v1 [ m/s ]
14
Ød3
v1
[
4
6
10
12
s]
m/
12
20
Ød1
Ød2
Δ pt
9
10
10
v1
<1
v2
10
8
v1
>1
v2
6
5
The diagram is also applicable
to reduction in Ød1.
10
4
11
2
1
0
12
13
2
6
8
10
12
16 [m/s]
14
v2
Converging flow
[Pa]
200
v3 m/s
100
14
14
12
Ød3
50
Ød1
10
8
Ød2
Δ pt
15
4
6
10
16
4
5
17
2
1
0
18
30
2
4
6
8
10
v1 = v2
12
14
[m/s]
T-piece
TCPMU
Dimensions
1
Ød3
l3
2
Ød1
3
4
5
l
Description
Centric T-piece with female coupling for joining fittings.
Fits very well with Lindab InCapsa.
Has Click function at the Safe ends – has an open turnedover ends.
Has normally not any Click function at the female end –
hasn’t any notches.
Ø 100–160 can upon order be delivered with click function
at the female end as well – i.e. with notches.
Ød1
nom
100
125
125
160
160
160
Ød3
nom
100
100
125
100
125
160
l
mm
130
130
125
130
165
209
l3
mm
100
113
121
128
137
141
6
m
kg
0,31
0,32
0,43
0,46
0,53
0,63
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TCPMU
125
100
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
17
18
31
T-piece – Casting-in
programme
TCSIU
Dimensions
1
l
Ød3
2
3
4
l3
5
6
Ød1
Description
Short branch with air valve socket and nail flange with prepunched holes.
7
Fits air valve KVB etc.
8
Ød1
nom
100
125
125
160
Ød3
nom
100
100
125
160
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TCSIU
17
100
100 GJUT
Product
Dimension Ød1
Branch Ød3
Specification
18
32
l
mm
130
130
165
229
l3
mm
93
106
106
131
m
kg
0,31
0,52
0,67
1,02
programme
TCPU
Dimensions
1
l
Ød3
2
3
4
l3
5
Ød1
Description
Short branch with female end and nail flange with prepunched holes.
Ød1
nom
80 *
100
125
125
160
Ød3
nom
80
100
100
125
160
l
mm
140
130
130
165
209
l3
mm
80
93
106
102
130
6
m
kg
0,38
0,30
0,50
0,59
0,88
7
8
* Made with saddle PS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TCPU
100
100 GJUT
Product
Dimension Ød1
Branch Ød3
Specification
17
18
33
programme
TCPU
Dimensions
1
l
Ød3
2
3
4
l3
5
6
Ød1
Description
Ød1
nom
80 *
100
125
125
160
Short branch with female end.
7
8
Ød3
nom
80
100
100
125
160
* Made with saddle PS
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TCPU
17
100
100
GIPS
Product
Dimension Ød1
Branch Ød3
Specification
18
34
l
mm
140
130
130
165
229
l3
mm
80
85
100
100
117
m
kg
0,33
0,27
0,44
0,53
0,82
programme
TCPU
Dimensions
1
l
Ød3
2
3
4
l3
Ød1
Description
Short branch and short installation lengths.
Ød1
nom
100
125
160
Ød3
nom
100
125
160
l
mm
130
165
210
5
l3
mm
65
83
105
6
m
kg
0,32
0,44
0,63
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TCPU
100
100 KORT
Product
Dimension Ød1
Branch Ød3
Specification
17
18
35
lindab | i ndomo
Coupling
NPU
Dimensions
1
2
Ød1
3
4
55
5
6
Description
Coupling connector for joining circular ducts.
7
Ød1
nom
63
76
80
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
NPU
80
18
36
m
kg
0,07
0,09
0,09
Female coupling
MF
Dimensions
1
2
l
Ød
3
4
5
Description
Female coupling for joining fittings.
Has normally not any Click function – hasn’t any notches.
Can to order be delivered with Click function – i.e. with
notches.
Ød
nom
63 *
80 *
100 *
125 *
160 *
200 *
250 *
315 *
l
mm
95
95
95
95
95
95
140
140
* With turned-over edge
6
m
kg
0,06
0,08
0,10
0,13
0,20
0,25
0,42
0,54
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
MF
200
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
37
Slide-in coupling
SNPU
Dimensions
1
l = 7–10
2
Ød1
3
4
li
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Description
Areas of use:
• To eliminate the accurate length cutting of ducts which
the ordinary NPU connector sometimes requires when
joining SR ducts. In this case the slide-in coupling
shall be secured with screws or pop rivets.
• To make it possible to use a duct that is cut to a too
short length – instead of having to cut a new duct to
the correct length. In this case the slide-in coupling
• To assist when joining two ducts which run towards
each other. E.g. when building a system from two
opposing directions. In this case the slide-in coupling
• To assist when inserting or adding an other product
into an existing system. E.g. the addition of a new
piece of duct to replace a damaged part. In this case
the slide-in coupling shall be secured with screws or
pop rivets.
• To facilitate access when inspecting and/or cleaning a
system – by simply sliding the coupling. The coupling
acts as an access cap.
No Click function – has closed turned-over ends (at both
ends).
14
Ød1
nom
80
80
80
100
100
100
125
125
125
160
160
160
200
200
200
250
250
250
315
315
315
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Nominal length L
SNPU
160
150
18
38
L
nom
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
li
mm
133
284
548
133
284
548
133
284
548
133
284
548
133
293
548
177
297
527
177
297
527
m
kg
0,18
0,32
0,69
0,22
0,40
0,84
0,28
0,50
1,07
0,36
0,65
1,38
0,56
1,02
1,76
0,91
1,35
2,17
1,18
1,72
2,76
Slide-in female coupling
SMFU
Dimensions
1
Ød
Ød1
2
l
3
4
li
5
Description
Areas of use:
• To avoid the necessity of an exact length cutting of a
duct when it is difficult to take a proper measure. E.g.
the connection of a duct to a stub on an air supply terminal. In this case the slide-in coupling shall be
secured with screws or pop rivets.
• To make it possible to use a duct that is cut to a too
short length – instead of having to cut a new duct to
the correct length. In this case the slide-in coupling
• To eliminate or minimize the number of ordinary duct
cuttings at building site – together with pre-cut ducts
of shorter lengths. In this case the slide-in coupling
• To assist when inserting or adding an other product
into an existing system. E.g. the cutting-in of an extra
silencer. In this case the slide-in coupling shall be
secured with screws or pop rivets.
• To assist when removing an other product when
cleaning a system. E.g. the removal of a damper with a
obstructionable blade.
• To facilitate access when inspecting and/or cleaning a
system – by simply sliding the coupling. The coupling
acts as an access cap.
• To extend the distance between a T-piece and an
access cap, e.g. EPFH or KCU, to get the cap outside
any insulation. In this case the slide-in coupling shall
be secured with screws or pop rivets only at its female
end.
Ød1
nom
80
80
80
100
100
100
125
125
125
160
160
160
200
200
200
250
250
250
315 *
315 *
315 *
L
nom
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
150
300
500
l
mm
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
60
60
60
60
60
60
li
mm
127
288
552
127
288
552
127
288
552
127
288
552
127
297
552
192
302
537
182
297
537
m
kg
0,16
0,30
0,65
0,20
0,38
0,81
0,25
0,47
1,01
0,31
0,60
1,29
0,49
0,96
1,67
0,90
1,28
2,10
1,11
1,62
2,64
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
* With stiffening bead.
No Click function – has a closed turned-over end and hasn’t
any notches.
15
16
Ordering example
SMFU
200
150
Product
Dimension Ød1
Nominal length L
17
18
39
End cap
EPF
Dimensions
1
2
l
Ød
3
4
5
6
Description
Ød
nom
63
80 *
100 *
125 *
160 *
200 *
250 *
315 *
End cap, which fits outside a Safe fitting.
7
No Click function – no notches.
8
9
* With turned-over edge
** Hand made
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød
EPF
250
18
40
l
mm
40
48
48
48
48
46
68
60
m
kg
0,04
0,07
0,11
0,14
0,17
0,21
0,50
0,67
Take-off
ILRU
Dimensions
10–30
1
l
2
Ød1
3
4
5
Description
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
Take-off with radius.
l
mm
10
12
15
20
25
25
25
25
6
m
kg
0,07
0,10
0,11
0,14
0,19
0,26
0,57
0,72
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
ILRU
250
Product
Dimension Ød1
17
18
41
Take-off
ILU
Dimensions
10–20
1
2
Ød1
3
4
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
Take-off without radius.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
ILU
250
18
42
m
kg
0,07
0,07
0,08
0,11
0,16
0,17
0,33
0,42
Take-off
ILF
Dimensions
10-20
1
2
l
Ød
3
4
5
Description
Take-off without radius. With female end – fits outside a
Safe fitting.
Hasn’t any Click function – hasn’t any notches.
Ød
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
l
mm
45
45
45
45
45
45
65
65
6
m
kg
0,06
0,08
0,06
0,08
0,16
0,21
0,31
0,46
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
ILF
200
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
43
Casting-in programme – Wall
stub
TVILU
Dimensions
1
3
4
255
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
100
125
160
With Safe connection.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
TVILU
100
18
44
m
kg
0,29
0,31
0,32
Ød1
255
2
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
Roof hoods
VH............................................................. 50
HN ............................................................ 53
H............................................................... 55
HV............................................................. 57
HU ............................................................ 59
VHA .......................................................... 61
VHP .......................................................... 64
VHL........................................................... 67
LHR .......................................................... 70
HVR .......................................................... 73
HRR.......................................................... 75
HKOMR .................................................... 77
1
2
3
4
Roof weather
protections
VHING/VHINP .......................................... 80
UG ............................................................ 82
5
6
Vapour
membranes
MG ........................................................... 83
MGL ......................................................... 84
7
8
9
Roof
transitions
SR............................................................. 85
SRI............................................................ 89
SRIP ......................................................... 91
GISOL....................................................... 93
GISOLP .................................................... 94
TGR .......................................................... 96
TGFR ........................................................ 99
TGKOMR................................................ 101
10
11
Roof transition
fasteners
SBG1...................................................... 103
SBGR ..................................................... 104
SBG........................................................ 105
12
13
Roof transition
connection
pieces
AGIS ....................................................... 105
14
15
Wall grilles
16
17
YGC........................................................ 106
H1........................................................... 108
VR........................................................... 110
AVU ........................................................ 112
EPNF ...................................................... 113
ESNU...................................................... 114
ILRNU..................................................... 115
18
46
General
Version
Extract air – All Lindab’s roof hoods are suitable for use as
extract air hoods. When choosing extract air hood, the architectural design is important to ensure that the hood is in harmony with the rest of the building. Our range includes ribbed
hoods, rectangular and circular roof hoods, models that are
available with inclines adapted to the angle of the roof, as
well as products with a horizontal profile, of course. If a high
extract velocity and long ejection distance are required,
choose our HN and HF roof hoods.
Material – Lindab’s roof hoods are manufactured as follows.
1
Galvanised sheet metal, aluzink sheet AZ185, stainless steel
sheet 1.4301, stainless acid-resistant steel sheet 1.4404 and
painted as detailed below.
2
NOTE! When fans are not running there is always a risk for
drifting snow and damp to penetrate into ducts. At some occasions also condensation can cause trouble.
Outdoor air – Out of Lindab’s range of roof hoods, HN and
HF are not suitable as outdoor air hoods. When choosing
outdoor air hoods, too, the architectural design is important
to ensure that it is in harmony with the rest of the building.
Lindab’s range of outdoor air hoods includes the same design as for extract air hoods (see above).
With these alternatives we cover up to and including corrosion class C5.
3
Painting – We have 3 standard colours (see below) but can
also supply other colours to specification.
4
Standard colours – Black 015 RAL 9005, brick red 742 RAL
8004, zinc grey 244 RAL 7040.
However, this does not apply to VHL and LHR, where black
RAL 9005 and grey RAL 7024 are the standard colours.
5
Noise dispersion outdoors without
obstacle
6
7
Connection options – Connection to a sleeve, flange or directly to the roof through connection must always be specified where these alternatives are possible. The recommended roof through connection is specified for each hood.
8
Dimensioning
9
Location – When locating roof hoods, the design of the roof
should be taken into consideration to ensure that there are
no ‘snow pockets’. The hoods must also be positioned so
that extract fumes from vehicles etc. cannot be drawn into
the outdoor air hood. In the same way, it is necessary to
avoid short-circuits arising between outdoor air and extract
air. If there is a risk of short-circuits, our combination hood
HKOMR should be chosen in the first instance.
Noise – To avoid self-generated noise emissions, the pressure drop must not exceed 100 Pa. At this pressure drop,
self-generated noise emissions are so low that they do not
need to be added to the fan noise. To calculate noise to the
surrounding environment, the calculation example shown to
the right can be used.
m
m
Outdoor air – When outdoor air hoods are used, there is always a risk of water and snow entering the duct. In order to
minimise this risk, the velocity over the free area must not exceed 2 m/s.
Lw = 60 dB
40
20
Extract air – If high extract velocities are not required, as low
a pressure drop as possible is desirable. The pressure drop
should not exceed 100 Pa in order to minimise self-generated noise emissions and energy consumption.
10
11
LW =
r =
Lp =
Q =
L
p
L
L
Sound power level radiated from sound source
Distance from sound source to point of listening
Sound pressure level at point of listening
Direction factor
1 = in free field, far from all surfaces
2 = on one surface
4 = in the corner between two surfaces
8 = in the corner between three surfaces
= L
w
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ r 2⎞
– 10 · log ⎜ --------------------⎟
⎝ Q ⎠
p
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ 20 2⎞
= 60 – 10 · log ⎜ ------------------------⎟ = 23 dB
1
⎝
⎠
p
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ 40 2⎞
= 60 – 10 · log ⎜ ------------------------⎟ = 17 dB
1
⎝
⎠
[dB]
[m]
[dB]
[–]
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
47
Example – Noise from roof hood
3
This is now to be moved, and we want to know the sound
pressure level 30 metres from its new location closer to a
vertical wall surface. We assume that the noise from the fan
is unchanged in the two cases.
Lp = 60 dB
5
6
7
8
10
m
4
First you extract the sound power level LW from the equation above.
L
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ r 2⎞
= L + 10 · log ⎜ --------------------⎟
W
p
⎝ Q ⎠
L
W
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ 10 2⎞
= 60 + 10 · log ⎜ ------------------------⎟ = 88 dB
2
⎝
⎠
I.e. the radiated sound power level LW from the hood =
88 dB.
L
p
= L
9
L
10
m
2
Conditions – A level of 60 dB(A) has been measured 10 metres from an existing roof hood, the noise output level of
which we do not know.
30
1
p
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ r 2⎞
– 10 · log ⎜ --------------------⎟
w
⎝ Q ⎠
⎛ 4 ⋅ π ⋅ 30 2⎞
= 88 – 10 · log ⎜ ------------------------⎟ = 53 dB
4
⎝
⎠
I.e. the sound pressure level at 30 m distance from the new
location is 53 dB.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
48
Products used for penetration of roof
1
Prinipal sketch
2
3
4
Roof hood |
5
Roof transition connection piece, upper |
6
Roof weather protection, outer |
7
Roof weather protecation, inner |
8
9
Vapour membrane |
10
Roof transition |
11
Roof transition fastener |
12
Roof transition connection piece, lower |
Duct |
13
14
15
16
17
18
49
Roof hood
VH
Dimensions
1
15°
H
h
2
3
4
Ød1
ØD
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Description
Roof hood VH is constructed as outdoor air inlet for both
industrial and comfort ventilation, but can also be used as
exhaust air hood.
The hood is made of galvanized steel sheet, but can on
order also be delivered in other materials like stainless steel,
aluminium and powder painted sheet metal in different
colours. It is provided with net and sleeve, which secures an
effective protection against rain, falling leaves etc.
The standard design is with a coupling connection, but the
hood can on order be delivered with flange or connection as
desired.
VH can also be delivered in intermediate dimensions.
Note:
When used as an air inlet hood it is recommended that the
velocity in the connection duct is kept below 5 m/s in order
to aviod water to be dragged in.
Ød1
nom
ØD
mm
h
mm
H
mm
Free area
m2
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
180
180
224
290
360
450
570
60
60
60
60
100
100
100
133
133
139
148
197
228
244
0,015
0,017
0,021
0,027
0,057
0,071
0,089
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
VH
17
250
Product
Dimension Ød1
18
50
m
kg
0,70
0,70
0,90
1,10
1,90
2,60
4,10
Roof hood
VH
Technical data
0∅
2
80
63
0∅
50
0∅
0∅
40
5∅
31
0∅
25
0∅
0∅
5∅
20
1000
9
8
7
6
5
4
12
10
(Pa)
16
0∅
1
3
4
3
2
Δpt [Pa]
5
100
9
8
7
6
5
4
6
3
7
2
8
10
2
3
100
4 5 6 789
1000
2
3
4 5 6 7 89
10000
2
3
4 5 6 7 89
100000 [m3/h]
9
q
∅
800
∅
630
∅
500
∅
400
∅
315
∅
250
∅
200
∅
∅
160
100
(Pa)
1000
9
8
7
6
5
4
125
∅
10
11
12
3
Δpt [Pa]
2
13
100
9
8
7
6
5
4
14
15
3
16
10
6 7 89
100
2
3
4 5 6 78 9
1000
2
3
4 5 6 7 89
10000
2
3
4 5 6 7 89
100000 [m3/h]
17
q
18
51
VH
1
Roof hood
2
3
AGIS
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
SR
4
SRI
TGR-OA
Sits around the roof transition
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
protection,
outer
5
GISOL /
GISOLP
6
7
TGR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
Vapour
membrane
8
9
10
11
12
SBG1
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
SR
LKR
Ducting
13
14
This diagram shows pricipally all possible combinations of how
the products can be joined together. Normally only one alternative
is chosen and sometimes some options are omitted.
15
For some combinations the needed size of a product isn't presented
in the catalogue. In these cases the size needed most often can be
produced and delivered to order.
16
17
18
52
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof hood
HN
Dimensions
1
h
H
2
3
4
Ød
5
ØD
Description
6
H
mm
160
220
240
340
420
505
620
h
mm
310
360
380
475
555
640
755
m
kg
0,66
0,96
1,26
1,95
2,92
4,31
6,75
Roof through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm
mm
Size
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
5
6
Technical data
As special delivery the hood can be supplied with three
anchoring wire-loops.
5
0
31
0
25
0
5
20
16
0
LWA [dB]
1000
7
8
9
10
11
12
The hood has a female connection, which fits outside a ventilation duct. The hood can be ordered with other connections, however.
ØD
mm
130
180
225
280
345
430
550
80
The hood is made of galvanised sheet steel, and can also be
supplied in other materials such as stainless steel sheet
1.4301, stainless acid-resistant steel sheet 1.4404, aluzinc
AZ185 and painted in various colours, to special order. It
has a net over the opening and an internal rain funnel to collect rainwater and snow, which is drained out of the hood
through a hose. The hose can withstand temperatures of
between -45 and +65 °C.
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
10
Ventilation hood for air exit above roof, suitable for both
industrial and comfort ventilation. The air is ejected in an
upwards-directed jet. This avoids contaminating the air in
the vicinity of the hood, and soiling of the area around the
hood. The ejection is so effective that you can install a fresh
air inlet in the immediate vicinity of the hood, without any
special precautions.
Ød [mm]
80
70
12
500
60
13
Δ pt [Pa]
50
100
40
14
50
15
10
30
50
100
500
500
Ordering example
1000
1000
5000 10000
5000
10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
16
q
HN
315
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
53
HN
1
Roof hood
2
3
AGIS
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
4
SR
SRI
TGR-OA
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
protection,
outer
5
GISOL /
GISOLP
6
7
TGR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
9
SBG1
10
11
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
SR
12
LKR
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
54
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof hood
H
Dimensions
1
ØD
2
H
3
4
Ød
5
Description
6
Ød
nom
100
125
160
200
250
315
ØD
mm
168
209
266
340
420
525
Free area
H
mm
m2
180
0,008
200
0,012
245
0,020
300
0,031
355
0,049
460
0,078
m
kg
0,72
1,02
1,32
2,26
3,67
5,38
Roof through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm
mm
Size
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
5
6
Technical data
Product
Dimension Ød
Connection options
Sleeve (standard 100 – 315)
Flange (standard 400 – 1250)
Transition piece to roof through
connection
315
8
9
10
11
500
12
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
100
0
125
0
100
ØD
100
13
50
Ordering example
H
7
1000
Δpt [Pa]
Circular roof hood intended for outdoor air and extract air.
The hood is designed for location above the roof with or
without a roof through connection. The air runs both on the
top- and downside of the hood. This is valid both for outdoor and extract air. The hood is free-draining downwards.
Can also be supplied with a pest-proof mesh.
drifting snow and damp to penetrate into ducts. At some
occasions also condensation can cause trouble.
H is manufactured as standard from galvanised steel sheet
Z275, but is also available in aluminium zinc AZ 185, stainless steel sheet 1.4301, stainless acid-resistant steel sheet
1.4404 or painted.
H in dimensions 100 – 315 has a sleeve connection as
standard and fits on the outside of ventilation ducts.
Dimensions 400 – 1250 are supplied with flange connection
(including counter-flange) as standard. They are also supplied with twistable lifting and anchoring eyelets. An individual anchoring eyelet must not be subjected to forces in
excess of 1 500 N.
All dimensions can also be obtained with connections that
fit directly to the roof through connection TGR.
14
1
10
10
100
100
1
2
3–15
Specify size of roof through connection according to the
measurement table to the right.
Specify separately if the hood is to be supplied with a pestproof mesh from the factory.
1 000
1 000
q
10 000
10 000
100 000
100 000 [l/s]
[m³/h]
15
16
17
18
Standard colours, see page .
55
H
1
Roof hood
2
3
AGIS
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
4
SR
SRI
TGR-OA
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
protection,
outer
5
GISOL /
GISOLP
6
7
TGR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
9
SBG1
10
11
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
SR
12
LKR
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
56
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof hood
HV
Dimensions
1
ØD
2
H
3
h
4
5
Ød
Description
6
Ød
ØD
h
H
nom mm mm mm
100 168 180 343
125 209 200 403
160 266 245 479
200 340 300 567
250 420 355 664
315 525 460 834
Ordering example
HV
Product
Dimension Ød
Connection options
Sleeve (standard 100 – 315)
Flange (standard 400 – 1250)
Transition piece to roof through
connection
315
α
°
45
45
42
39
37
36
Free
area
m²
0,008
0,012
0,020
0,031
0,049
0,078
m
kg
0,79
1,12
1,45
2,47
4,03
5,91
Roof
through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm mm
Size
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
5
6
1000
8
9
10
12
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
100
0
125
0
100
ØD
13
100
14
1
15
10
10
1
2
3–15
7
11
Technical data
Δpt [Pa]
Circular roof hood with angled upper side intended for outdoor air and extract air. The hood is designed for location
above the roof with or without a roof through connection.
The air runs both on the top- and downside of the hood.
This is valid both for outdoor and extract air. The hood is
free-draining downwards. Can also be supplied with a pestproof mesh.
drifting snow and damp to penetrate into ducts. At some
occasions also condensation can cause trouble.
HV is manufactured as standard from galvanised steel plate
Z275, but is also available in aluminium zinc AZ 185, stainless steel sheet 1.4301, stainless acid-resistant steel sheet
1.4404 or painted.
HV is available with different angles in order to be in harmony with the architectural design of the building.
HV in dimensions 100 – 315 has a sleeve connection as
standard and fits on the outside of ventilation ducts.
Dimensions 400 – 1250 are supplied with flange connection
(including counter-flange) as standard. They are also supplied with twistable lifting and anchoring eyelets. An individual anchoring eyelet must not be subjected to forces in
excess of 1 500 N.
All dimensions can also be obtained with connections that
fit directly to the roof through connection TGR.
100
100
Specify size of roof through connection according to the
measurement table to the right.
Specify separately if the hood is to be supplied with a pestproof mesh from the factory and if a special angle is
required. Standard colours, see page .
1 000
1 000
q
10 000
10 000
100 000
100 000 [l/s]
[m³/h]
16
17
18
57
HV
1
Roof hood
2
3
AGIS
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
4
SR
SRI
TGR-OA
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
protection,
outer
5
GISOL /
GISOLP
6
7
TGR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
9
SBG1
10
11
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
SR
12
LKR
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
58
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof hood
HU
Dimensions
1
Ø100–200
Ø250–400
ØD
2
3
h
h
H
H
ØD
4
Ød
5
Ød
Description
6
For air exit above roof.
Provided with a female connection which fits outside a ventilation duct.
Ød
nom
100
125
160
200
250
315
ØD
mm
200
225
260
315
400
500
H
mm
99
102
105
114
156
185
h
mm
264
267
270
273
291
303
Roof through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm
mm
Size
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
5
6
m
kg
0,51
0,65
0,81
1,09
1,45
1,99
Technical data
8
9
10
11
Ød [mm]
10
0
12
5
500
16
300
200
40
1000
0
20
0
25
0
31
5
0
[Pa]
Δpt
7
15
12
12
9
6
100
13
v [m/s]
50
Ordering example
HU
Product
Dimension Ød
160
3
30
20
14
10
10
20 30
50
100
50
100
200
500 1000 2000 [l/s]
500 1000
5000
[m²/h]
15
q
16
17
18
59
HU
1
Roof hood
2
3
AGIS
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
4
SR
SRI
TGR-OA
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
protection,
outer
5
GISOL /
GISOLP
6
7
TGR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
9
SBG1
10
11
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
SR
12
LKR
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
60
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof hood
VHA
Dimensions
1
H
2
3
4
Ød1
ØD
Description
The VHA exhaust hood gives the possibility for an architectally correct ending of air outlet on the roof. The exhaust
hood is as standard delivered in galvanised design, but can
also be delivered in black powder coating. The hood is
equipped with an internal cone, which leads the rain water
out over the duct sides.
The air is thrown away with an upward jet. Hence pollution
of the air around the hood and dirt on the roof surface
around the hood. The exhaust is so effective that quite easily an air intake can be mounted close up, e.g. lamella hood
VHL, which designwise suits VHA.
Ød1
nom
100
125
160
200
250
315
ØD
nom
224
250
280
315
400
450
H
mm
210
230
310
380
437
540
Free area
m²
0,011
0,018
0,028
0,045
0,048
0,079
5
m
kg
0,90
1,20
2,10
3,20
4,90
9,60
6
7
8
Alternative 1
Alternative 2
9
10
Exhaust hood:
ØD
VHA = galvanized
VHA-S = black powder coated
Ød1
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
VHA
200
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension ØD
Colour, if desired
18
61
Roof hood
VHA
Technical data
1
Pressure drop
0∅
40
50
0∅
5∅
3
31
0∅
0∅
2
25
20
0∅
16
5∅
12
10
0∅
2
1000
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
4
3
2
Δpt [Pa]
5
6
100
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
7
2
10
8
2
100
3
4 5 6 7 89
1000
4 5 6 78 9
10000
3
2
4 5 6 7 89
100000 [m3/h]
q
9
Sound data
12
0∅
50
0∅
40
5∅
31
0∅
20
25
0∅
0∅
16
12
10
0∅
11
5∅
10
75
70
13
LWA [dB]
14
65
60
55
50
45
15
40
35
16
0,04 0,05
200
17
0,1
0,2
500
0,3 0,4 0,5
1000
2000
1,0
3000
2,0
5000
3,0
10000
q
18
62
4,0 5,0
10,0 m3/s
20000 30000
m3/h
VHA
1
Roof hood
2
TGR-OA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
SR
SRI
3
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
4
protection,
outer
GISOL /
GISOLP
TGR
5
UG
6
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
7
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
SBG1
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
Roof
transition
fastener
9
10
11
SR
LKR
12
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
63
Roof hood
VHP
Dimensions
1
H
2
3
4
Ød1
ØD
5
6
7
Description
The VHP hood is developed specially to achieve an architectally correct ending of air intake and outlet on the roof.
The hood is as standard delivered in galvanised design, can
also be delivered in grey VHPG, or other colours.
8
Ød1
nom
ØD
mm
H
mm
Free area
m²
m
kg
*m³/h
Flow inlet
100
224
190
0,029
1,20
175
125
250
190
0,037
1,50
270
160
280
190
0,047
2,00
430
200
315
315
0,092
3,80
690
250
400
315
0,117
5,20
1000
315
500
315
0,141
7,00
1600
* Recommended maximum air flow when use of VHP as
intake hood. H = building in measure.
9
Alternative 1
Alternative 2
10
11
ØD
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
64
VHP
200
400
S
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension ØD
Colour, if desired
Ød1
Roof hood
VHP
Technical data
1
800
710
∅
630
∅
∅
500
400
∅
∅
∅
315
250
∅
200
∅
160
∅
125
∅
∅
100
2
300
150
50
4
45
100
40
70
Δpt [Pa]
3
60
200
35
50
40
5
30
Lw [dB(A)]
30
25
6
20
15
10
7
7
5
30
100
40 50
70
150 200
100
150 200
300 400 500
700
300 400 500
1000
700
1500 2000
1000
1500 2000
5000 [l/s]
3000
8
5000 7000 10000 15000 20000 [m3/h]
3000
q
9
800
11
∅
710
400
∅
∅
315
∅
630
250
∅
∅
200
∅
500
160
∅
∅
125
100
∅
∅
100
10
70
12
50
60
40
13
Δpt [Pa]
30
20
14
50
15
45
10
15
Lw [dB(A)]
35
7
30
40
5
15
50
20
70
30
100
40 50
150 200
70
100
150 200
300 400 500
700
300 400 500
1000
700
1500 2000
1000
3000
q
1500 2000
[l/s]
16
5000 7000 10000 [m3/h]
17
18
65
VHP
1
Roof hood
2
3
TGR-OA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
4
SR
SRI
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
protection,
outer
5
GISOL /
GISOLP
6
7
TGR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
9
10
11
SBG1
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
SR
12
LKR
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
66
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof hood
VHL
Dimensions
1
H
2
70
3
4
Ød1
ØD
5
Description
The VHL lamella hood is developed specially to achieve an
architectally correct ending of air intake and outlet on the
roof.
The lamella hood is as standard delivered in galvanised
design, can also be delivered in black powder coating.
In order to achieve a harmonic transition from duct to hood,
the connection to the hood can be choosen either as a duct
or as a roof transition (e.g. GISOL or GISOLP) with its
dimensions corresponding to ØD, below the roof the duct
may be reduced to Ød1 (see mounting proposal 1).
The lamella hood can well also be mounted directly on a
duct with the diameter Ød1 (see mounting proposal 2).
When connecting to the roof through connection TGR, the
special transition piece TGR-VHL must be used (see page
96).
Ød
nom
100
125
160
200
250
315
ØD
mm
224
250
280
315
400
450
H
mm
110
145
180
250
250
290
Free
area
m2
0,019
0,033
0,055
0,100
0,125
0,182
m
kg
1,40
1,90
2,30
3,40
5,20
8,70
Outdoor
air
max.
rec. *
*m³/h
175
270
430
690
1000
1600
Roof
through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm mm
Size
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
5
5
6
* Recommended maximum air flow when use of VHL as
intake hood. H = building in measure.
Alternative 1
6
7
8
9
10
Alternative 2
11
12
ØD
Ød1
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
VHL
125
250
S
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension ØD
Colour, if desired
17
18
67
Roof hood
VHL
Technical data
1
Outdoor air
2
100
125 160 200
250
315
400
500
70
200
150
3
60
50
50 0
0
20
30
15
6
LW [dB (A)]
40
5
30
40
31
Δ pt [Pa]
5
25
50
40
0
20
0
16
10
4
0
0
12
5
100
10
7
5
50
100
8
100
200
300
500
400 500
20
l/s
1000
1000
1500 2000
200
250
5000
m³/h
q
9
Extract air
10
11
100 125
160
315 400
500
70
150
60
0
10
100
12
5
12
16
0
31
5
40
0
0
40
20
30
15
15
10
5
50
16
100
17
200
100
300
500
400 500
1000
1500 2000
q
18
68
20
l/s
1000
5000
m³/h
LW [dB (A)]
0
25
30
50
14
50
40
20
13
Δ pt [Pa]
0
50
VHL
1
Roof hood
2
TGR-VHL
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
SR
SRI
3
VHING /
VHINP
Roof weather
SRIP
4
protection,
outer
GISOL /
GISOLP
TGR
5
UG
6
Roof weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
7
MG / MGL
8
Vapour
membrane
SBG1
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
Roof
transition
fastener
9
10
11
SR
LKR
12
Ducting
13
14
15
16
17
18
69
Roof hood
LHR
Dimensions
1
H
2
3
4
B+
100
A×B
A + 100
5
6
Description
LHR is a rectangular roof hood with ribs that is used for both
outdoor air and extract air.
7
8
9
10
The hood is supplied as standard in galvanised form, but is
also available painted.
LHR is supplied as standard with LS joint for guiding.
special transition piece TGR-LHR must be used. (see page
96).
special transition piece TGR-LHR must be used. (see page
96).
NumA
B
H
ber of
mm mm mm ribs
300
300
370
5
400
400
390
6
A × B = Duct dimensions
11
12
13
14
15
Ordering example
LHR
16
17
18
70
S
300 300
1
LS
Product
Colour, if desired
A in mm
B in mm
Duct connection
Joining metods (Type 1)
Standard colours, see page 47.
Free
area
m2
0,216
0,384
Roof
through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm mm
m
kg
Size
5,40
4
5
8,7
5
6
Roof hood
LHR
Technical data
1
Outdoor air/extract air
0
0
×
30
200
0
30
0
40
×
0
×
50
50
0 0
00 10 20
10 × 1 × 1 0
× 0 0 30
×
×
×
00 10 20 1 0
0
0
0
70
80
90 10 1 1 0 × 140
0
0
13 0 × 150
0 ×
4
1 0
0
15
0
0
40
0
60
×
60
0
70
0
80
0
90
5
100
2
3
v [m/s]
4
Δpt [Pa]
4
3
50
5
2
40
30
6
20
1
200
500
500
1 000
2 000
1 000
2 000
5 000
5 000
10 000
20 000
10 000
20 000
50 000
[l/s]
7
100 000 [m³/h]
q
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
71
LHR
1
Roof hood
2
3
TGR-LHR
Roof
transition
connection
piece, upper
4
TGFR
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
TGR
5
MG / MGL
6
Roof
transition
Vapour
membrane
7
SBGR
Roof
transition
fastener
8
9
TGR-NA
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
LKR
10
SR
Ducting
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
72
Roof hood
HVR
Dimensions
1
B
2
α
h
H
3
4
5
A
Description
6
HVR is available with different angles in order to be in harmony with the architectural design of the building.
7
8
9
Technical data
10
1000
Sizes 7 and 9 are supplied with four twistable lifting and
anchoring wire-loops. An individual anchoring eyelet must
not be subjected to forces in excess of 1 500 N.
Δpt [Pa]
3
4
11
9
HVR is manufactured as standard from galvanised steel
sheet Z275, but is also available in aluminium zinc AZ 185,
stainless steel sheet 1.4301, stainless acid-resistant steel
sheet 1.4404 or painted.
7
Roof
through
connection
TGR
50 100
Free
A
B
h
H
α area m mm mm
Size mm mm mm mm
°
m²
kg
Size
3
400 450 150 410 30 0,045 6,40
3
3
5
Rectangular roof hood with angled upper side intended for
outdoor air and extract air. HVR is designed for positioning
above the outer roof on the roof through connection.
free-draining downwards.
12
100
13
Ordering example
HVR
3
Product
Size
14
10
10
100
100
1 000
1 000
10 000
q
Specify separately if the hood is to be supplied with a pestproof mesh from the factory and if a special angle is
required.
10 000
[l/s]
[m³/h]
15
16
17
18
73
HVR
1
Roof hood
2
3
4
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
TGR
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
Vapour
membrane
5
6
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
7
TGR-NA
SR
LKR
Ducting
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
74
Roof hood
HRR
Dimensions
1
B
2
H
3
4
A
5
Description
6
Rectangular roof hood intended for outdoor air and extract
air. HRR is designed for positioning above the outer roof on
the roof through connection.
free-draining downwards.
HRR is manufactured as standard from galvanised steel
A
mm
400
Size
3
B
mm
450
H
mm
150
Free
area
m²
0,045
Roof through
connection
TGR
50
100
mm mm
Size
3
3
m
kg
5,00
7
8
9
Technical data
1000
9
7
5
3
Δpt [Pa]
4
10
Sizes 7 and 9 are supplied with four twistable lifting and
anchoring wire-loops. An individual anchoring eyelet must
not be subjected to forces in excess of 1 500 N.
11
100
12
10
10
100
100
Ordering example
HRR
3
Product
Size
1 000
1 000
q
10 000
10 000
[l/s]
[m³/h]
13
14
15
Specify separately if the hood is to be supplied with a pestproof mesh from the factory.
16
17
18
75
HRR
1
Roof hood
2
3
4
UG
Roof weather
protection,
inner
TGR
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
Vapour
membrane
5
6
Roof
transition
connection
piece, lower
7
TGR-NA
SR
LKR
Ducting
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
76
Roof hood
HKOMR
Dimensions
1
C
2
D
H
3
4
B
A
5
Description
6
Combi-hood intended for outdoor air intake and the expelling of extract air.
HKOMR is designed for location above the roof with or without a roof through connection.
The intake and extract sections are separated with an internal wall. The intake section is protected against precipitation
with a roof and pest-proof mesh. The extract section has a
high-speed device and water-collection vessel. This part is
also available with a pest-proof mesh. Air short circuit is
prevented by the air intake’s roof and the extract’s highspeed device that ensures a long ejection distance.
Size
2
Size
2
A
mm
750
B
mm
400
C
mm
850
Free area
outdoor air extract air
m2
m2
0,138
0,030
HKOMR is manufactured as standard from galvanised steel
HKOMR is produced as standard for installation on Lindab’s
roof through connection TGKOMR, but can also be supplied
with an adapted connection hose for guiding directly on to
the duct.
D
mm
500
H
mm
560
7
8
m
kg
16,7
9
10
11
12
13
14
Ordering example
HKOMR
2
Product
Size
15
16
Alternatives that should be specified separately if required:
• With pest-proof mesh on the extract section
• With adapted connection hose for guiding directly into
the duct.
17
18
77
Roof hood
HKOMR
Technical data
1
Expelling velocity extract air
100
[m/s]
2
3
4
10
1
1
10
100
1000
Δpt [Pa]
5
Outdoor air
1000
Δpt [Pa]
8
10
12
14
6
8
2
3
4
7
5
6
100
9
10
10
10
11
100
100
1 000
1 000
100 000 [l/s]
10 000
10 000
100 000
[m³/h]
q
Extract air
12
1000
8
10
12
14
4
5
6
3
2
13
15
Δpt [Pa]
14
100
16
17
10
10
100
100
18
78
1 000
1 000
100 000 [l/s]
10 000
10 000
100 000
q
[m³/h]
HKOMR
1
Roof hood
2
TGKOMR
3
Roof transition
4
Roof transition
connection piece,
lower
TGR-NA
TGR-NA
SR
SR
5
LKR
LKR
6
Ducting
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
79
Roof weather protection
VHING/VHINP
Dimensions
1
00
Ca. 1
150
2
C
Ød
α
B
Ød1
B
3
4
A
5
6
VHING 0°
8
9
The accompanying collar is well tightened around the duct,
and together with sealing mastic it makes a watertight ending around the roof transition.
Ød
nom
80
100
125
150
160
180
200
224
250
315
355
400
VHING can on order be delivered in black design (VHINS).
10
Covers can also be delivered with roof plate made of galvanized sheet, designation VHINP.
Note:
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
VHING 1-30°/31-45°/46-55°
VHING 0°
Description
The roof cover type VHING 0° and the accompanying duct
collar is made of galvanized steel sheet.
The roof cover types VHING 1–55° are as standard designed
with gray roof plate and delivered with duct collar of galvanized steel sheet. The roof plate is easily formed after the
roof's shape.
7
A
VHING 0° is from factory sealed of around the cone.
Max. roof angle a is 65°.
A
nom
435
435
490
530
530
550
580
610
670
745
785
830
m
kg
1,40
1,40
1,70
1,90
2,00
2,20
2,50
2,60
3,20
4,00
4,50
5,00
VHING 1–30° / 31–45°
ØD
nom
80
100
125
150
160
180
200
224
250
280
300
315
355
400
A
mm
710
710
710
830
830
830
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1150
1150
18
80
B
mm
435
435
490
530
530
550
580
610
670
745
785
830
B
mm
560
560
560
560
560
660
620
620
710
710
710
710
940
940
C
mm
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
m
kg
1,80
1,90
2,00
2,40
2,50
2,90
3,50
0,00
3,80
0,00
0,00
4,80
4,80
5,50
VHING/VHINP
Dimensions
1
VHING 46–55°
ØD
nom
80
100
125
150
160
180
200
A
mm
710
710
710
800
830
800
1100
B
mm
560
560
560
560
560
620
620
C
mm
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
m
kg
1,50
1,60
2,70
2,90
3,00
3,00
3,40
224
250
280
300
315
355
400
1100
1100
1100
1100
1100
1150
1150
620
710
710
710
710
940
940
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
4,70
4,70
0,00
0,00
6,40
7,20
7,60
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
81
UG
Dimensions
1
2
3
A
4
5
6
B
Description
Roof transition.
UG
Type
80
125
160
250
315
7
8
9
A
mm
310
370
500
680
750
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Type
UG
160
18
82
B
mm
240
270
340
420
500
for circular ducts
Ø 080 - Ø 125
Ø 125 - Ø 160
Ø 160 - Ø 250
Ø 250 - Ø 315
Ø 315 - Ø 400
Vapour membrane
MG
Dimensions
1
Ø5
2
L
C
3
B
R80
4
C
5
6
Description
1
The product is based on a special flexible 2-component rubber (1) that is integrated with a 1 mm aluminium plate (2).
2
Used for sealing of the building envelope for all types of
pipes and ducts, wich is lead trough a vapour barrier of roofing underlay.
3
The product can be used as a roofing underlay transition or
as a vapour barrier sheet, in the ridge as well as on the
inclined roof area.
8
Special transition designet for ceiling, shaft etc. used for
ducts from Ø100 - Ø160
You will also find screwholes (3) ready for fixed roofing
underlay, concrete floor or floor structures.
A special mounting instruction exists for this product.
Mounting
The membrane is easy to adjust; cut a hole that is 20 mm
smaller than the duct dimension. The product can be used
on roof pitches from 0-55° without any special precautions.
The transition can be used in the ridge by bending it at the
centre and adjusting it to the actual roof slope.
The product can be assembled with the roofing underlay by
means of double coated tape and/or perform adhesive.
You will also find screw holes (3) ready for fixed roofing
underlay, concrete floor or floor structures.
7
Type
MG 1016
Max. duct
measure
/Ø
mm
160
B×L×C
mm
200 × 200 × 50
m
kg
0,32
9
10
11
Standard transition
Type
MG 100
MG 200
MG 315
Max. duct
measure
/Ø
mm
110
200
315
12
B×L×C
mm
150 × 235 × 80
240 × 390 × 80
355 × 565 × 80
m
kg
0,40
0,78
1,36
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
MG
200
Product
Dimension
17
18
83
Vapour membrane
MGL
Dimensions
1
2
A
3
4
5
6
7
8
B
Description
Made from a special flexible syntetic rubber and provided
with tape with adhesive on both sides.
Is used for sealing of the climate shield to all sorts of pipes
and ducts, which passes through moisture barrier or roofing
underlay.
A special mounting instruction exists for this product.
Type
MGL 80
MGL 125
MGL 160
MGL 250
Max. duct
dimension
/Ø
mm
80
125
160
250
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
MGL
17
160
Product
Dimension
18
84
A×B
mm
200 × 200
250 × 250
300 × 300
400 × 400
m
kg
0,10
0,10
0,15
0,20
Circular duct
SR
Dimensions
1
t
l
Ød
2
3
t
l
Ød*
4
5
Description
6
Circular duct.
Ducts are always produced locally and can therefore have
different thicknesses and other specifications per country.
The ducts can be produced both with and without click
function (notches).
Please specify when ordering.
Ød
std
nom
63
80
100
125
200
250 *
300 *
355 *
O
πd
m
0,198
0,251
0,314
0,393
0,628
0,785
0,942
1,115
A
πd²/4
m2
0,003
0,005
0,008
0,012
0,031
0,049
0,071
0,099
t
std
mm
0,5
0,45
0,45
0,45
0,5
0,5
0,55
0,55
* With outturned stiffening corrugation.
l
std
mm
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
ml
std
kg/m
0,89
0,91
1,14
1,41
2,56
3,18
4,20
4,96
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
SR
200
3000 CLIC
Product
Dimension Ød
Length l
Type
17
18
85
Circular duct
SR
Technical data
1
[Pa/m]
0
00
12
50
0
10
3
Δpt
0
80
4
5
63
5
0
0
]
50
5
[mm
40
0
31
25
0
0
5
12
16
20
/s
]
10
5
6
10
ød
v[
m
4
10
50
3
80
20
15
100
63
200
2
2
1
0.5
7
8
9
10
0.1
0.05
0.02
5
10
10
50
50
100
100
500
500 1000
1000
5000 10000
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
86
5000 10000
50000 [l/s]
50000 100000 [m3/h]
Circular duct
SR
Technical data
1
Special versions
Strength
We can supply ducts with the following special designs:
• In intermediate dimensions, see page .
• Extra tight, with nitrile rubber seal in the lock seam
• In other sheet metal thicknesses
Positive pressure
in case of high positive pressure, the seal moulding lips will
first start to whistle. At considerably higher pressure, the
joints between the ducts will be forced apart. If you manage
to fix the connections very well, the ducts will burst at their
seams at even higher pressure. The high pressures needed
for this to happen are not relevant to ventilation installations.
Extra tight, with seam seal
When extremely good sealing is required in the spiral seam,
the ducts can also be supplied with a special rubber seal in
the seam.
This seal is very effective at stopping leakage of vegetable
oils and greases, and most petroleum products including
white spirit.
Other sheet metal thicknesses
If extra stability is needed in ducts, because of high negative
pressure etc., they can be supplied with thicker sheet metal
than standard. Remember that the thickness increase
always reduces the inner diameter. Fittings for such special
ducts must be specified separately and sometimes have to
be made specially.
2
3
Negative pressure
In installations with high negative pressure, there is a risk
that the ducts could collapse.
4
This phenomenon is referred to as buckling, and can suddenly happen at the weakest point in the system. Buckling
wanders along the duct, which can be completely flattened.
The weakest point is frequently a "transport dent" on a duct.
For this reason, only use undamaged ducts in systems
which are close to the critical pressure!
5
6
Sealing
The ability of the seal moulding to seal is different from
these pressures, and is noted on page .
Reinforcement corrugations
Ducts of Ø250 mm and above are normally given stiffening
corrugations to increase radial stiffness.
7
8
9
10
11
Collapsing pressure for duct SR
Diameter
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
Sheet metal
0,5
0,45
0,45
0,45
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,55 0,55
0,7
0,7
0,8
1000 1250
0,9
0,9
With stiffening corrugations
Without stiffening corrugations
0
-10
Negative
pressure
-7,2
-4,3
-4,8
-3,0
-3,5
-3,0
-3,2
-1,0
-0,8
13
14
-11,7
-20
12
-17,0
-21,4
-30
15
-40
-40,4 *
-50
16
-47,0 *
* Collapse not achieved
[kPa]
-60
17
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
1000 1250
18
87
VH
1
HN
H
HV
HU
VHA
VHP
VHL
Roof hood
2
SR
VHING / VHINP Roof
weather
protection,
outer
3
UG
4
5
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
Vapour
membrane
6
7
SBG1
8
9
SR
Ducting
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
88
Roof
weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
fastener
Circular duct
SRI
Dimensions
1
l
2
ØD
Ød
3
4
5
Description
6
25 mm insulation.
Circular duct.
Ød
nom
100
125
150
200
250
300
355
400
450
500
ØD
mm
150
180
200
250
300
355
400
450
500
560
m
kg/m
4,20
5,10
5,70
7,40
9,80
12,5
14,6
16,4
17,4
22,1
* Kurve
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
50 mm insulation.
Ød
nom
100
125
150
200
250
300
355
400
450
500
8
9
10
11
ØD
mm
200
224
250
300
355
400
450
500
560
600
m
kg/m
5,70
6,50
7,50
10,0
12,1
14,8
16,9
19,0
22,9
24,9
* Kurve
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
SRI
7
25
250
6000
Product
Insulation 25/50
Dimension Ød
Lenght l
17
18
89
VH
1
HN
H
HV
HU
VHA
VHP
VHL
Roof hood
2
3
Roof
transition
connection
piece,
upper
4
AGIS
SRI
VHING / VHINP Roof
weather
protection,
outer
5
UG
6
7
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
Vapour
membrane
8
SBG1
9
SR
10
Ducting
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
90
Roof
weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
fastener
Circular duct
SRIP
Dimensions
1
2
l = 1000 mm
ØD
Ød
3
4
5
Description
The roof transition type SRIP is used in connection with roof
hoods type VHL, VHA and VHP, where there is both
demands of condensation insulation and sound attenuation
effect, plus a wish for a harmonic transition between roof
transition and hood.
SRIP is constructed around a perforated inner duct, an outer
black painted spirally wounded duct with intermediate insulation and equipped with end cap at the bottom. It is recommended to fasten SRIP to roof beam. Use beam fixture type
SBG.
The standard length is 1000 mm. Lengths 1500 and 2000
mm in black, has to be ordered (no stock item).
SRIP
160 280
200 315
Ød
mm
160
200
ØD
mm
280
315
Fits with hood
VHL VHP VHA
X
X
X
X
X
X
6
m
kg
5,0
6,3
7
8
Technical data
9
Ød
nom
160 280
200 315
Attenuation [dB] for centre frequency [Hz]
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
3
4
7
13
26
35
17
3
3
3
4
9
21
22
9
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
SRIP
160
280
1000
S
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension ØD
Length
Colour
17
18
91
VH
1
HN
H
HV
HU
VHA
VHP
VHL
Roof hood
2
3
Roof
transition
connection
piece,
upper
4
AGIS
SRIP
VHING / VHINP Roof
weather
protection,
outer
5
UG
6
7
Roof
transition
MG / MGL
Vapour
membrane
8
SBG1
9
SR
10
Ducting
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
92
Roof
weather
protection,
inner
Roof
transition
fastener
Roof transition
GISOL
Dimensions
1
300
2
0
25
H*
3
4
0
20
α
5
Min.100 mm.
6
Description
Used for example in connection with roof hoods type VHL,
VHA and VHP, where there is demands on insulation against
heat or condensation creation plus a wish for a harmonic
transition between roof transition and hood.
Constructed around two spirally wounded ducts with intermediate insulation and equipped with end cap at the bottom. The roof plate is mounted on the duct and easy to fit to
the roof´s shape. It is recommended to fasten GISOL to roof
beam, use beam fixture type SBG.
State the roof inclination at order. Max. 55°. 0° will as standard always be delivered with galvanized steel sheet.
Note:
From factory sealed tight around the duct.
Before the mounting of the transition the seal shall be
checked for any damages from transportation and handling.
After the mounting the seal shall likewise be checked for any
damages from the mounting.
The seal shall continously be checked for damages (advisably at least one time per year).
ØD
7
200
8
200
250
9
200
Insulated with minimum 50 mm insulation material and
thereby meets the standard DS 428.3 "Norm for brandtekniske foranstaltninger ved ventilationsanlæg". (Standard for
fire technical regulations at ventilation plants)
Ød MF
*
10
H-measure = 1000 mm, this measure is only indicative,
the height depends on the angle α
11
GISOL
100 224
125 250
160 280
200 315
315 400
315 450
315 500
Ød
mm
100
125
160
200
315
315
315
ØD
mm
224
250
280
315
400
450
500
Fits with hood:
VHL VHP VHA
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
m
kg
10,2
12,6
14,1
17,7
23,9
26,8
27,0
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
GISOL
250
400
45
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension ØD
Angle α
17
18
93
Roof transition
GISOLP
Dimensions
1
300
2
0
25
H*
3
4
0
20
α
5
Min.100 mm.
8
9
10
11
12
13
Used for example in connection with roof hoods type VHL,
VHA and VHP, where there is demands on sound attenuation effect plus a wish for a harmonic transition between roof
transition and hood.
Constructed around a perforated inner duct, outer spirally
wounded ducts with intermediate insulation and equipped
with end cap at the bottom. The roof plate is mounted on
the duct and easy to fit to the roof´s shape. It is recommended to fasten GISOLP to roof beam, use beam fixture
type SBG.
Insulated with minimum 50 mm insulation material and
thereby meets the standard DS 428.3 "Norm for brandtekniske foranstaltninger ved ventilationsanlæg". (Standard for
fire technical regulations at ventilation plants).
Note:
From factory sealed tight around the duct.
Before the mounting of the transition the seal shall be
checked for any damages from transportation and handling.
After the mounting the seal shall likewise be checked for any
damages from the mounting.
The seal shall continously be checked for damages (advisably at least one time per year).
16
Ordering example
94
200
250
*
H-measure = 1000 mm, this measure is only indicative,
the height depends on the angle α
GISOLP
100 224
125 250
160 280
200 315
250 400
315 450
315 500
Ød
mm
100
125
160
200
250
315
315
ØD
mm
224
250
280
315
400
450
500
Fits with hood:
VHL VHP VHA
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
m
kg
9,20
11,8
13,3
16,7
18,0
24,9
25,1
Technical data
15
18
ØD
State the roof inclination at order. Max. 55°. 0° will as standard always be delivered with galvanized steel sheet.
14
17
Ød MF
200
7
Description
200
6
GISOLP
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension ØD
Angle α
250
400
45
Ød
nom
100 224
125 250
160 280
200 315
250 400
315 450
315 500
Attenuation [dB] for centre frequency [Hz]
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
4
6
10
18
33
56
33
23
3
5
8
15
30
45
24
17
3
4
7
13
26
35
17
3
5
6
12
21
41
22
13
11
4
5
10
18
37
15
10
8
3
3
6
12
21
10
6
6
4
4
8
16
27
9
7
7
VH
HN
H
HV
HU
VHA
VHP
VHL
1
Roof hood
2
Roof
transition
connection
piece,
upper
AGIS
3
GISOL / GISOLP
UG
Roof
weather
protection,
inner
4
5
MG / MGL
Roof
transition
6
Vapour
membrane
SBG1
7
Roof
transition
fastener
8
SR
9
Ducting
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
95
Roof transition
TGR
Dimensions
1
TGR-OA
– Upper connection
2
Ø80–315
C
5
7
8
9
Ø400–1250
Description
Intended for connection to roof hood and roof fan. Available
with various types of insulation for condensation or fire protection. Two fixing profiles are supplied to suit the root
pitch.
45
6
70–170
4
45
100
3
C
The C-measure of the upper connection (TGR-OA) shall fit
the A-measure of the roof transition (TGR).
The upper connection in sizes 100-315 suits roof hood HN,
for example.
The upper connection in sizes 400-1200 is supplied without
flange and is made so that you can use the enclosed mating
flange from roof hood HF for instance.
TGR
11
TGR is manufactured as standard from galvanized steel
800
10
40
TGR can as addition be provided with two through-connections for electric power and control voltage.
The duct connection is supplied with RJFP joint for guiding.
12
13
50
B
A
14
TGR-NA
15
– Lower connection
B
Ød
17
The B-measure of the lower connection (TGR-NA) shall fit
the B-measure of the roof transition (TGR).
18
96
30
16
Roof transition
TGR
Accessories
Dimensions
1
Size
3
4
A
mm
300
400
B mm
50 mm 100 mm
insul.
insul.
200
100
300
200
Weight kg
50 mm 100 mm
insul.
insul.
16,9
21,9
22,9
30,1
C
mm
400
500
Hole punching dimensions (A + 20 mm) × (A + 20 mm)
Ordering example
TGR
3
1
2
1
Upper connection
TGR-OA
3
125
1
Product
2
Size
Hood dimension
Material
Zink plated steel
1
Aluzink sheet metal AZ 185
2
Stainl. acid-res. steel 1.4404
3
Stainless steel 1.4301
4
3
4
Product
Size
Lower connection
TGR-NA
3
125
1
5
50
Product
Type of insulation
Fire protection 50 mm
1
Size
2
Connection Measure
Condensation 50 mm
3
Material
6
Zink plated steel
1
2
Zink plated steel
1
3
Zink plated perf. steel
2
4
3
Insulation thickness
Internal cladding of insulation
Aluzink sheet metal AZ185 perf.
4
5
Stainl. acid-res. steel perf. 1.4404
6
No internal cladding
(Only applicable at condensation
insulation)
7
8
7
8
9
Upper connection only for roof hood VHL
TGR-VHL –
3
–
125
–
1
Product
10
Size
Hood dimension
11
Material
External material
Zink plated steel
1
2
3
4
Zink plated steel
1
2
3
4
12
13
Upper connection only for roof hood LHR
TGR-LHR – 5 – 400 – 400 – 1
14
Product
Size
15
A mm
B mm
Material
Zink plated steel
1
2
3
4
16
17
18
97
VH
1
HN
H
HU
VHA
VHP
HV
VHL
LHR
TGRVHL
TGRLHR
HVR
HRR
Roof hood
2
3
Roof
transition
connection
piece,
upper
TGR-OA
Sits around the roof
transition
UG
Roof
weather
protection,
inner
4
TGR
5
6
MG /
MGL
Roof
transition
Vapour
membrane
7
8
9
Roof
transition
connection
piece,
lower
10
11
TGR-NA
SR
Ducting
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
98
LKR
Roof transition
TGFR
Dimensions
End 1
1
300
2
End 2
3
250
Min.
100 mm.
L = 1000
α
a
b
4
5
Description
6
a
Rectangular roof transition, consisting of galvanized duct
with 50 mm internal insulation, upon which the flexible roof
tile is mounted. Delivered with grey flexible roof tile as
standard.
a
mm
300
b
mm
300
7
Insulated with 50 mm insulation material and hence meets
DS 428.4 "Norm for brandtekniske foranstaltninger ved ventilationsanlæg".
8
Can to order and to extra cost be delivered with black roof
tile and black top. Extra cost information on request.
At mounting in connection with asphalt paper roofing the
roof transition can be delivered with galv. steel sheet instead
of the flexible roof tile.
Galvanized steel sheet is factory sealed.
Max. roof inclination is 55°.
*) At ordering the following shall be specified:
• Length of the roof transition (L)
• Flexible or galvanized roof tile
• Insulation
• Angle of the covering (a-side), max. 55°
• Connections, e.g. standard LS or RJFP-profile
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TGFR
300
300
*
Product
a
b
Other
17
18
99
LHR
1
Roof hood
2
TGFR
UG
Roof weather
protection, inner
3
4
MG / MGL
Roof transition
Vapour membrane
5
SBGR
6
Roof transition
fastener
7
8
LKR
Ducting
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
100
Roof transition
TGKOMR
Dimensions
1
C×D
40
2
*
3
800
**
50
4
150
E
5
E
A×B
Description
6
Roof transition adapted for combi-hood HKOMR. The transition is produced with 50 mm fire or condensation insulation. At connection to circular duct two lower connections
TGR-NA are used. The roof transition is manufactured as
standard in galvanised steel plate, but is available in stainless steel sheet 1.4301, stainless acid-resistant steel sheet
1.4404, aluminium zinc AZ 185 or painted. Two angle brackets are supplied for adaptation to the relevant roof incline.
Sizes and dimensions according to drawing and table, but is
available in extended version which is specified separately.
The duct connections are supplied with RJFP joints for
guiding.
Size
2
3
4
A
mm
650
850
1050
B
mm
300
400
500
C
mm
740
940
1140
E
mm
200
300
400
m
kg
32,5
43,5
54,3
8
9
TGKOMR-NA
– Lower connection
10
E
3
1
2
1
Product
Size
Type of insulation
Condensation 50 mm
Internal cladding of insulation
Zink plated steel
Zink plated perf. steel
Aluzink sheet metal AZ185 perf.
Stainl. acid-res. steel perf. 1.4404
No internal cladding
(Only applicable at condensation insulation)
Ød
1
2
The E-measure of the lower connection (TGKOMR-NA) shall
fit the E-measure of the roof transition (TGKOMR).
12
Accessories
1
2
3
4
5
6
Lower connection
7
2
3
4
8
11
30
TGKOMR
7
Hole punching dimensions = (A + 20) × (B + 20)
* and ** are alternative positions for angle brackets
Ordering example
External material
Zink plated steel
D
mm
390
490
590
TGKOMR-NA
3
125
1
13
Product
14
Size
Connection measure
Material
Zink plated steel
1
2
3
4
Standard colours see page .
1
15
16
17
18
101
HKOMR
1
Roof hood
2
TGKOMR
3
Roof transition
4
5
Roof transition
connection
piece, lower
6
TGKOMR-NA
TGKOMR-NA
SR
SR
LKR
Ducting
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
102
LKR
Roof transition fastener
SBG1
Dimensions
1
680 - 1230
2
3
Ø8 mm
Ød
4
40
125
5
Description
Fastener for fastening of ducts and roof transitions, which
runs through floor separations, roof surfaces etc.
The fasterner is made of electro galvanized pipe profile with
duct holder in 2 mm sheet metal profile. The fixing feet are
made of 4 mm sheet metal with 8 mm bolt holes.
Ød
nom
m
kg
250
315
3,5
4,1
6
7
8
To achieve optimal fit to roof beam etc. the pipe profile is
constructed as a telescopic bar.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
SBG1
315
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
103
Roof transition fastener
SBGR
Dimensions
1000 mm
1
40 mm
2
AxB
3
50 mm
4
6
5
50
Description
Fastener for fastening of ducts and roof transitions, which
runs through floor separations, roof surfaces etc.
7
The fasterner is made of 2 mm galvanized material.
40
8
50 mm
6
mm
mm
9
A
mm
250
300
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
A
B
SBGR
250
250
18
104
B
mm
250
300
Upper connection
AGIS
Dimensions
1
Ød
2
H
3
4
Ød1
ØD
Description
AGIS is the upper connection between the roof transition
GISOL and a roof hood or roof fan with circular connection.
Ød1 / Ød
nom
100
125
160
200
250
250
250
315
315
315
ØD
nom
160
200
250
315
315
355
400
400
450
500
5
H
mm
45
45
45
45
65
65
65
65
65
65
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
AGIS
250
315
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension ØD
17
18
105
lindab | residential ven ti lati on
External wall grille
YGC
Dimensions
1
Ø 100 - Ø 250
Ø 315 - Ø 1250
E
E
2
4
ØD
Ød
ØD
Ød
3
5
l
6
Description
7
Valve for outdoor air intake and extract air discharge.
Designed with a fixed louvre. Ø 100–500 is equipped with
net. Ø 630–1250 can be delivered with net to order. Mesh
width 10×10 mm. Screws or nails connect to an external
wall.
8
Maintenance
9
The grille should be removed to gain access to the duct. The
external parts should be wiped with a damp cloth.
10
l
Ød
nom
80 *
100 *
125 *
160 *
200 *
250 *
315 **
ØD
mm
100
131
151
188
230
278
350
l
mm
15
22,0
22,5
21,5
21,5
24,5
15,5
E
mm
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
3,5
6,5
Af
(m2)
0,004
0,007
0,012
0,020
0,031
0,047
Weight
kg
0,11
0,17
0,25
0,39
0,51
0,83
1,81
* The grill has 2 x Ø 4,2 mm screw holes on the side for
mounting.
11
** The grill has 3 x Ø4,0 mm screw holes on the front for
mounting.
12
Ød > 315 mm , no pre-drilled holes for mounting.
13
Af (m2) = Free area.
14
15
16
Materials and finish
17
18
106
Ordering example
Product
Type
Size Ød
YGC
160
Grille:
ø100-500
Grille:
ø630-1,250
Standard finish: Untreated
Cast aluminium
Galvanised steel
Can be supplied powder-coated. Contact Lindab’s sales
department for further information.
lindab | residential venti lation
YGC
Technical data
1
Capacity
Volumeflow, q [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure drop, Δpt [Pa],
can be seen in the diagrams.
2
Sound level in free field (1/4 spherical)
The sound effect level LWA is shown in the diagram.
For sound level at distance X [m],
LA = LWA - K , see table below.
3
4
X [m]
1
2
3
4
5
10
20
K [dB]
-5
-12
-15
-17
-19
-25
-30
5
Ø [mm]
100 125
200
160
6
250
200
315
7
100
8
Δ pt [Pa]
50
50
45
9
40
35
30
10
10
25
5
10
20
100
50
100
50
LWA [dB]
200 300 400 [l/s]
1000
500
200
[m3/h]
q
11
12
Ø [mm]
400
800
630
500
1000
200
13
1250
14
100
50
Δ pt [Pa]
15
65
60
16
55
10
5
50
40
35
200
500
1000
5000
1000
5000
17
LWA [dB]
45
10000 15000 [l/s]
10000
q
50000 [m3/h]
18
107
H1
Dimensions
1
4
B + 50 / A + 50
B×A
3
B - 20 / A - 20
2
5
77
6
7
8
9
10
11
Description
H1 is a louvred grille for installation in external walls. H1 is
used for both fresh air intake and discharge. H1 is supplied
as standard with a water stop at the rear edge, drip nose
and bird netting.
Maintenance
NOTE !:
In connection with the design and dimensioning please be
aware of the risk of water penetration and drift snow. Wind
effects, especially in connection with grilles that are not connected to ducts, may result in water and snow being
pressed through the grille; therefore please make sure to
take any necessary precautions.
AxB
mm
300 x 300
400 x 400
500 x 500
600 x 600
Free area
F (m2)
0,039
0,075
0,124
0,184
Weight
kg
0,9
1,8
2,9
4,4
The grille can be supplied in all dimensions.
Max. A X B = 3,000 x 3,000 mm.
Min. A x B = 200 x 140 mm
12
13
14
15
Ordering example
16
17
18
108
Product
Type
Mounting
0 - Not prepared
1 - Wall anchors
2 - Screw holes
3 - Insertion frame
A - Measure
B - Measure
H1
a
bbb
ccc
Grille:
Standard finish:
Aluminium
Untreated
Can be supplied powder-coated. Contact Lindab’s sales
department for further information.
H1
Technical data
1
Capacity
Volume flow q [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure drop pt [Pa]
can be seen in the diagrams.
2
Sound level in free field (1/4 spherical)
The sound effect level LWA is shown in the diagram.
For the sound level at distance X (m)
LA = LWA - K, see table below.
Distance x (m)
K [dB]
1
5
2
12
3
15
4
17
5
19
10
25
3
4
20
30
5
Free area F (m2)
F [m2]= (A-20) x (B-70) x 0.6 x 10-6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Pressure
Free area F [m2]
pt [Pa] Freier Querschnitt
F[m²]
0.05
0.1
0.15
200
0.2
0.3
0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
1.0
150
60
100
50
50
40
15
45
30
40
20
15
10
14
55
70
13
1.2
16
35
LWA dB(A)
30
17
7
5
150 200
500
300 400 500
700 1000
700
1500 2000
1000
3000
1500 2000
3000
5000 7000 10000
5000 7000 10000 15000 20000 30000
l/s
m3/h
50000
18
109
VR
Dimensions
1
Ød1
B ×A
3
B + 34 / A + 34
2
4
5
C
35
6
6
Description
VR is a square louvred grille for installation in external walls.
VR is used for both fresh air intake and discharge. VR is
equipped as standard with a safe-seal circular connection.
8
Maintenance
9
B + 34
7
10
A + 34
11
12
Ød1
Size
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
Free area
F (m2)
Weight
kg
125
226
206
40
0,018
1,00
160
226
206
40
0,018
1,00
200
276
276
40
0,032
1,50
250
336
336
60
0,048
1,90
315
416
416
60
0,076
3,20
13
14
15
16
17
18
110
Grille:
Standard finish:
Ordering example
Product
Type
Size
VR
200
Aluminium
Untreated
Can be supplied anodized or powder-coated. Contact
Lindab’s sales department for further information.
lindab | residential v entil ation
Technical data
VR
S
u
p
p
l
y
a
i
125r 160
Capacity
Intake
Size
pt [Pa]
150
1
2
250
200
315
400
3
100
4
70
50
40
30
5
50
45
20
6
40
15
LWA dB(A)
35
10
30
7
5
4
7
25
8
3
30
100
40
150
50
70
200
100
300
150
400 500
200
700
300
1000
400 500
700
1500 2000
1000
3000
l/s
m3/h
5000
9
Discharge
Size
pt [Pa]
125
150
160
250
200
315
400
100
10
11
70
50
40
12
50
45
30
40
20
13
35
15
30
10
14
LWA dB(A)
25
7
20
5
4
15
3
30
100
40
150
50
200
70
100
300
150
400 500
200
700
300
1000
400 500
1500 2000
700
1000
3000
l/s
m3/h
5000
16
17
18
111
Take-off
AVU
Dimensions
1
L
2
Ød1
3
45°
4
5
6
Description
7
Exhaust air stud with internal bird protection net.
Standard angle is 45°. Other angles are available to order.
Standard design is galvanized sheet metal. Painted available to order (and extra cost).
Fits duct SR.
8
9
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
AVU
125
18
112
L
mm
160
180
200
225
260
300
350
415
m
kg
0,12
0,17
0,22
0,29
0,41
0,56
1,00
1,40
Take-off with mesh
EPNF
Dimensions
1
l
2
Ød
3
4–11
4
5
Description
To terminate an inlet duct. With female end – fits outside a
Safe fitting.
Mesh size 10 × 10 mm.
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
l
mm
48
48
48
48
48
68
68
6
m
kg
0,07
0,09
0,11
0,15
0,21
0,32
0,45
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
EPNF
250
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
113
Take-off with mesh
ESNU
Dimensions
1
Ø63
Ø80–630
Ød1
3
4
Ød1
5–10
13–20
2
5
6
Description
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
To terminate an inlet duct.
7
Mesh size 10 × 10 mm.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
ESNU
200
18
114
m
kg
0,06
0,08
0,10
0,13
0,17
0,25
0,38
0,57
Take-off with mesh
ILRNU
Dimensions
l
10–30
1
2
Ød1
3
4
5
Description
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
To terminate an inlet duct.
With radius.
Mesh size 10 × 10 mm
l
mm
10
12
15
20
25
25
25
25
6
m
kg
0,07
0,11
0,16
0,21
0,22
0,39
0,64
0,83
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
ILRNU
200
Product
Dimension Ød1
17
18
115
Dampers
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
1
Regulating
damper
DRU........................................................ 119
2
3
Shut-off
damper
DSU ........................................................ 124
DTU ........................................................ 129
4
5
Dampers with
flow meter
DIRU....................................................... 134
6
7
8
Shut-off
damper with
motor
DTHU...................................................... 141
9
10
Volume
regulator
GAT ........................................................ 142
11
12
13
Tightness and pressure classes
Tightness class
15
16
Pressure class
14
A
C
0
4
To regulate
To shut-off
DRU
DIRU
DSU Ø80–315
DTU Ø80–315
DTHU Ø80–315
17
18
117
General
3
4
5
6
7
8
The damper blade is normally designed so that a certain flow
of air can always leak through, even if the damper is closed.
This makes the sensitivity to angle changes less than for a
shut-off damper.
Dampers are available in both manual and automatic versions. The manual dampers are adjusted when the installation is commissioned, and are cheaper than the automatic
ones. On the other hand, manual dampers need many more
hours of adjustment, and means of flow measurement. For
this reason, some dampers have measuring nozzles. In large
systems, or where pressure variations occur, it is better to
use automatic dampers. These are also referred to as constant flow dampers.
Shut-off dampers are used to save energy, to prevent the
spread of poisonous gas etc. These dampers often have rubber seals on the damper blade. The damper can either be designed as a straight piece of ducting, or as a T-piece to
switch the air flow from one duct to another. The blade is normally either fully open or fully closed.
Tightness
Two types of tightness are applicable to dampers:
9
10
11
12
13
14
Tightness class
Regulating dampers are used to balance the plant so that
the wanted air flow is achieved.
1. Tightness to the environment
This specifies the magnitude of the air leakage throu
joints and leaks in the duct sides in relation to the duct
surface. This leakage is classified into tightness classes
A, B, C and D. Most dampers can be used in installations/systems which require them to maintain tightness
class D. Please refer to the Safe section.
Fulfils the demands of the standard EN 1751.
2. Tightness past a closed damper shutter
This refers to the amount of air leaking past the closed
blade, in relation to shutter area. This relationship is
classified into five sealing classes 0–4. There is no tightness requirement for class 0. The classes 0 and 1 are
regulating dampers. The highest class, tightness class 4,
refers to very tight shut-off dampers.
Fulfils the demands of the standard EN 1751.
4
3
2
1
5000
C
3000
B
2000
A
1000
Pressure class
2
Tightness past the closed damper blade
and pressure classes
[Pa]
1
Dampers for different purposes are used
in a ventilation system
500
300
200
100
50
1
2
3
5
10
20 30
50
100
200 300 500
1000
2000
[(l/s)/m²]
Motorized dampers
Dampers can be supplied ex works with actuators installed.
Various types of actuators are available, both electric and
pneumatic.
Material
Standard
Bushings are made from polyamide. The bushings can withstand constant temperatures of up to 150 °C.
Special
If a higher corrosivity class is required, the dampers can be
supplied with a polyester coating, or made from aluminium or
stainless steel. The blades can be provided with silicone rubber seals for higher temperature operation. The dampers can
then withstand constant temperatures of 150 °C and 200 °C
intermittent. In these cases, please contact Lindab.
CE-labeling
Our dampers with electrical shifting motor are regarded as
components of the duct system and need not to be separately CE-labeled. Their electrical shifting motor on the contrary is a part of the electrical system and is CE-labeled.
Assurance of conformity can be found at www.belimo.com.
Blade setting
DRU and DSU dampers of dimensions Ø63–160 are supplied
with their blades completely open, to facilitate adjustment
preparations. Dampers of other dimensions are supplied with
closed blades to prevent transport damage.
Cleaning of duct system
15
Most dampers have components which obstruct the duct
system to a greater or lesser extent, and thus obstruct or
prevent cleaning.
16
17
18
118
Regulating damper
DRU
Dimensions
1
45
Ø 80–315
Ød1
2
3
l
Description
Has a turning, cut-off blade. The blade is stepless adjustable
0–90°. The damper admits an insulation thickness of approx.
50 mm.
The blade is designed to generate a minimum of noise. The
noise is approx. the same as for a perforated blade. But the
blade is less sensitive to clogging since it lacks perforations.
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
l
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
m
kg
0,34
0,40
0,46
0,65
0,80
1,28
1,70
Sealing class past
closed blade
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
6
7
8
Setting angle α
α = 0° = open blade, α = 90° = closed blad
9
α
10
There is a separate assembly, measuring, balancing and
maintenance instruction for this product.
Ø 80–1000 fullfills pressure class A in closed position.
The cup at Ø 80–630 can be complemented with the special
insulation cup IK at insulation thicker than 50 mm.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
DRU
125
Product
Dimension Ød1
18
119
Regulating damper
DRU
Technical data
[Pa]
Example
200
500
60
75
4
100
65
50
30
20
6
20
60
55
50
Obtained from graph
Setting angle 40°
Sound power level 63 dB (A)
30
70
]
Dimension Ø100
Flow 60 l/s
Pressure drop 200 Pa
α [°]
40
50
300
Δ pt
Given
5
90 80 70
[d
B
3
Ø125
The solid curves show the pressure drop, Δpt, over the
damper as a function of flow q, and setting angle α.
The dashed curves give the A-weighted sound power data,
LWA, in dB to the duct.
W
A
2
Pressure drop graphs with noise data for
dimensioning
L
1
40
12 15
20
1
10
45
2
30
q
3
40 50
4
100
5
180 [l/s]
15 [m/s]
10
v
7
Ø160
Ø80
α [°]
40
[Pa]
8
90 80 70
500
60
50
α [°]
40
[Pa]
90 80 70
500
60
50
75
300
B]
[d
55
50
50
50
50
45
30
11
20
12
10
40
30
10
1
20
q
2
3
4
30
40 50
5
20
75 [l/s]
30
10
40
40 50
100
200
300 [l/s]
5
10
15 [m/s]
q
15 [m/s]
10
20
45
35
30
35
5
20
60
W
A
55
100
L
20
Δ pt
65
60
B]
[d
W
A
10
30
70
200
65
100
75
L
Δ pt
30
70
200
9
80
300
1
2
3
4
v
v
13
Ø100
Ø200
α [°]
40
[Pa]
14
90 80 70
500
60
50
75
300
15
60
50
300
30
75
200
B]
[d
W
A
100
L
L
Δ pt
B]
[d
20
60
0
W
A
100
55
50
30
70
65
Δ pt
16
90 80 70
500
70
200
α [°]
40
80
[Pa]
65
60
20
55
50
50
50
45
40
30
17
18
120
20
1
10
20
2
10
30
35
40
30
8
10
45
35
30
q
3
4
40 50
120 [l/s]
20
30
40 50
100
200
300
475 [l/s]
q
5
10
15 [m/s]
1
v
2
3
4
v
5
10
15 [m/s]
Regulating damper
DRU
1
Ø250
α [°]
40
80
[Pa]
90 80 70
500
60
50
75
300
30
70
200
3
[d
B
]
65
20
W
A
100
60
55
L
Δ pt
2
50
50
30
20
4
45
10
35
50
100
1
2
40
200
q
3
4
300
5
500
750 [l/s]
10
15 [m/s]
5
6
v
7
Ø315
α [°]
[Pa]
90 80 70
500
60
50
40
300
30
70
200
9
[d
B]
65
W
A
100
L
Δ pt
8
80
60
20
55
10
50
50
45
35
30
30
10
40
20
80 100
1
200
2
300 400 500
q
3
4
5
1200 [l/s]
10
15 [m/s]
v
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
121
Regulating damper
DRU
Sound data
1
Sound power level LW, [dB] to duct in the octave bands 1–8, 63–8000 Hz, as a function of dimension, flow and pressure drop.
2
3
dim
Ød1
80
4
5
6
7
100
125
160
8
200
9
250
10
11
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
53
47
–
–
–
49
42
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
48
43
–
–
–
42
35
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
57
56
–
–
–
42
32
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
42
37
–
–
–
36
30
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
40
34
–
–
–
38
31
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
44
33
–
–
–
41
35
500
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
34
26
–
–
–
34
30
Velocity app. 1 [m/s]
Centre frequency [Hz]
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 5 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
43 40 33 23
36 32 25 16
Flow 8 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
38 33 26 19
30 23 17
9
Flow 12 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
41 31 29 20
39 29 27 11
Flow 20 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
33 28 25 20
30 26 19 16
Flow 30 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
33 30 28 27
26 25 25 23
Flow 50 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
35 32 29 24
29 29 25 15
Flow 80 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
30 26 22 21
27 21 16 15
4k
8k
63 125
–
–
–
15
7
–
–
–
8
1
65
63
60
56
51
65
63
60
54
47
–
–
–
16
7
–
–
–
14
6
67
59
58
55
50
64
58
55
53
49
–
–
–
17
15
–
–
–
15
11
71
65
64
63
62
68
62
59
54
48
–
–
–
17
11
–
–
–
16
10
68
61
59
54
49
67
58
54
50
46
–
–
–
23
18
–
–
–
22
16
70
62
57
51
44
64
57
52
45
37
–
–
–
22
12
–
–
–
20
10
69
59
56
52
47
66
57
52
48
44
–
–
–
19
13
–
–
–
15
11
68
60
54
49
44
65
55
52
49
46
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 15 [l/s]
65 65 59 55
60 54 51 43
53 48 43 30
47 43 36 25
39 35 28 18
Flow 25 [l/s]
64 57 54 48
58 50 48 40
53 46 41 34
48 42 35 26
42 37 28 17
Flow 40 [l/s]
65 59 56 50
57 51 46 41
53 47 39 34
50 41 36 27
48 34 34 20
Flow 60 [l/s]
64 59 55 53
56 50 48 42
50 45 40 35
46 37 33 29
43 35 27 24
Flow 100 [l/s]
61 55 52 52
55 47 44 42
48 41 39 36
41 36 32 32
33 29 27 25
Flow 150 [l/s]
59 53 50 54
52 46 44 41
45 41 38 36
40 38 34 30
37 35 31 25
Flow 250 [l/s]
59 53 50 50
50 45 43 40
45 41 38 36
43 38 34 32
41 35 30 27
4k
8k
63 125
49
34
23
16
8
46
29
15
9
2
67
65
61
59
54
67
65
64
59
52
48
37
26
22
15
48
37
24
18
14
72
66
65
64
62
69
65
64
63
61
50
38
29
25
22
47
38
27
20
15
76
72
71
70
68
73
71
70
68
65
52
40
33
25
19
51
40
31
25
18
73
71
70
69
68
71
65
64
63
61
55
42
34
28
21
55
42
34
28
19
75
71
69
63
56
69
65
64
56
47
53
44
34
28
22
52
44
31
24
17
71
63
62
61
59
67
60
57
56
54
53
43
36
30
25
50
40
31
24
18
74
70
66
64
62
71
65
64
63
61
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
122
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 30 [l/s]
67 67 60 57
62 56 53 44
57 51 46 32
52 47 40 27
44 39 32 20
Flow 50 [l/s]
69 62 59 52
64 57 54 45
62 54 48 40
60 53 44 33
57 51 41 27
75 [l/s]
70 63 60 53
65 59 53 47
63 55 47 40
60 51 43 34
56 47 39 29
Flow 120 [l/s]
68 62 59 55
62 56 53 47
60 53 48 42
58 48 42 37
55 44 36 32
Flow 200 [l/s]
65 59 55 55
61 53 50 48
58 50 47 44
51 44 39 39
43 36 29 27
Flow 300 [l/s]
61 56 53 56
55 49 46 44
51 46 43 40
47 45 40 38
46 42 38 36
Flow 500 [l/s]
65 58 55 55
58 52 49 48
56 50 47 46
55 49 45 42
54 48 43 37
4k
8k
50
35
24
17
9
47
30
16
10
4
52
42
31
28
25
52
42
29
22
15
53
43
35
32
28
50
43
32
24
17
54
44
39
32
27
53
44
38
32
23
59
47
42
34
24
59
47
42
34
22
55
46
38
33
30
54
46
35
28
24
58
49
44
40
34
55
46
39
32
24
Regulating damper
DRU
1
2
dim
Ød1
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
500
200
100
50
20
72
70
66
63
59
70
68
65
62
58
500
200
100
50
20
78
74
73
72
70
75
73
72
70
67
500
200
100
50
20
83
79
78
77
76
80
78
77
76
75
500
200
100
50
20
78
76
75
74
73
77
73
72
71
66
500
200
100
50
20
85
83
82
81
80
79
77
76
74
70
500
200
100
50
20
78
74
72
69
66
75
69
68
67
65
500
200
100
50
20
82
77
76
75
74
78
72
71
70
68
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 45 [l/s]
70 70 63 60
67 60 57 48
63 57 51 36
58 52 45 28
51 46 38 21
Flow 75 [l/s]
75 67 64 57
72 64 59 50
71 62 56 46
68 58 51 40
63 53 44 33
Flow 110 [l/s]
76 68 65 58
71 65 58 51
70 61 51 45
68 57 45 39
64 53 40 33
Flow 180 [l/s]
74 67 63 60
70 63 59 53
69 61 54 48
66 58 49 40
61 54 43 35
Flow 300 [l/s]
72 65 62 61
70 62 58 55
69 59 56 53
65 56 52 49
60 52 46 43
Flow 450 [l/s]
68 61 58 61
63 57 55 54
60 56 52 49
58 54 48 44
56 52 44 39
Flow 750 [l/s]
71 64 60 60
66 59 58 57
64 57 54 52
61 54 50 46
58 51 46 39
4k
8k
63 125
53
38
27
18
10
49
32
18
11
5
77
75
74
73
70
76
74
73
71
67
57
47
36
29
26
57
46
33
23
17
84
80
79
77
74
81
79
78
76
73
58
48
39
33
30
54
47
35
25
18
89
87
86
84
81
87
85
83
80
76
59
50
45
38
30
58
50
44
33
25
84
80
78
76
74
84
80
76
72
68
65
54
50
45
38
65
54
50
42
32
92
90
88
85
81
85
83
80
76
72
60
54
45
37
32
59
53
42
32
27
87
82
79
76
73
83
79
76
72
68
60
56
50
43
36
60
52
44
35
26
89
86
84
82
80
85
79
77
74
71
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 60 [l/s]
75 75 68 64
71 65 61 51
70 60 57 45
66 55 52 40
60 47 44 32
Flow 100 [l/s]
80 72 68 62
78 69 66 55
75 65 60 49
70 60 53 43
65 54 46 37
Flow 145 [l/s]
81 73 69 62
78 70 63 56
75 66 58 50
71 61 52 44
66 55 45 38
Flow 240 [l/s]
80 72 68 65
77 69 66 58
73 66 61 53
68 62 55 47
63 57 48 40
Flow 400 [l/s]
79 72 68 66
77 69 65 62
73 65 61 58
68 60 56 52
62 54 50 45
Flow 600 [l/s]
76 68 68 68
72 64 63 63
69 62 60 60
65 59 56 54
61 56 51 46
Flow 1000 [l/s]
77 69 68 67
72 65 63 62
69 62 60 58
66 59 55 52
63 56 48 44
4k
8k
63 125
56
41
32
25
17
53
34
25
19
13
80
78
77
75
72
80
77
75
72
68
61
51
44
36
27
61
51
42
31
20
88
84
82
80
78
86
83
81
79
77
62
52
44
36
32
58
48
39
28
19
91
88
87
86
85
88
86
84
82
81
65
55
50
43
35
65
55
48
38
27
89
85
83
80
76
89
84
80
76
71
71
61
55
48
40
70
60
53
45
36
95
92
90
88
86
89
85
83
80
76
68
62
58
51
42
68
61
57
48
38
94
88
85
82
79
90
84
81
78
75
69
63
57
49
39
65
58
53
46
38
92
88
87
85
82
88
83
80
77
74
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 75 [l/s]
80 80 72 68
72 70 64 53
71 65 58 46
67 58 53 41
62 50 47 36
Flow 120 [l/s]
85 76 72 65
81 72 68 59
78 69 63 54
74 65 57 48
69 60 50 41
Flow 180 [l/s]
83 75 71 63
80 71 66 59
78 69 61 53
75 65 55 47
71 60 48 41
Flow 300 [l/s]
85 77 73 69
80 73 70 64
77 70 65 58
72 66 59 51
65 61 52 43
Flow 475 [l/s]
82 73 71 70
79 71 66 64
76 68 63 61
72 64 59 56
67 59 54 50
Flow 750 [l/s]
82 74 71 74
77 69 68 67
74 67 65 63
70 64 61 58
65 60 56 53
Flow 1200 [l/s]
80 72 71 70
75 68 66 65
72 65 63 61
69 62 59 55
66 60 54 47
4k
8k
60
42
33
26
20
56
35
26
20
15
64
55
48
40
31
64
54
45
35
24
63
54
47
39
34
59
49
42
33
22
69
59
54
47
39
69
58
52
42
30
74
64
58
52
47
73
63
56
48
39
74
68
62
55
47
74
65
59
52
46
72
64
59
52
46
68
59
55
48
40
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
123
Shut-off damper
DSU
Dimensions
1
45
Ø 80–315
Ød1
2
3
l
4
5
6
7
Description
Has a turning, circular blade. The blade is stepless adjustable
0–90°. The damper is used when you have lower demands
for shut-off capacity. The damper admits an insulation thickness of approx. 50 mm.
The damper can on occations be used for regulation.
8
11
l
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Setting angle α
α = 0° = open blade, α = 90° = closed blade
9
10
Ød1
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
α
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
DSU
18
124
160
Product
Dimension Ød1
m
kg
0,30
0,35
0,40
0,49
0,67
0,86
1,31
1,81
Sealing class past
closed blade
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Shut-off damper
DSU
Technical data
1
dimensioning
Ø125
80
500
70
60
50
40
75
300
65
2
20
3
10
4
W
A
60
100
L
Δ pt
30
70
200
[d
B]
Example
Given Dimension Ø100
Flow 60 l/s
Obtained from graph
Setting angle 38°
α [°]
[Pa]
55
50
50
45
30
20
5
40
12 15
20
30
40
50
100
180 [l/s]
q
1
2
3
4
5
6
15 [m/s]
10
v
7
Ø160
Ø80
α [°]
[Pa]
80
500
70
60
50
60
1
20
2
[d
W
A
Δ pt
10
35
30
30
q
3
10
50
45
40
30
10
9
55
50
35
5
20
60
L
W
A
[d
10
40
30
20
100
45
8
65
B]
20
55
80
30
70
200
50
50
40
300
60
L
Δ pt
100
50
75
65
B]
70
30
70
200
80
500
75
300
α [°]
[Pa]
40
40
4
50
5
20
75 [l/s]
30
40 50
100
200
300 [l/s]
5
10
15 [m/s]
11
q
15 [m/s]
10
20
1
2
3
4
v
v
12
13
Ø100
Ø200
α [°]
[Pa]
60
50
75
Δ pt
10
30
8
1
10
20
2
30
q
3
4
40 50
120 [l/s]
14
20
15
70
100
60
55
50
45
50
20
10
40
16
35
30
40
80
30
65
[d
B]
]
20
35
40
200
45
30
50
300
55
50
50
60
60
[d
B
W
A
100
70
75
20
L
Δ pt
500
65
200
80
30
70
300
α [°]
[Pa]
40
W
A
500
70
L
80
17
30
40 50
100
200
300
475 [l/s]
q
5
10
15 [m/s]
1
v
2
3
4
v
5
10
15 [m/s]
18
125
Shut-off damper
DSU
1
Ø250
α [°]
[Pa]
2
80
500
70
60
50
40
80
30
75
70
300
65
200
60
W
A
100
4
20
55
L
Δ pt
[d
B]
3
50
45
50
10
40
30
5
20
6
35
50
100
1
2
200 300
q
3
4
500
5
750 [l/s]
15 [m/s]
10
v
7
Ø315
α [°]
[Pa]
8
80
500
70
60
50
40
80
300
65
200
B]
9
60
[d
W
A
100
L
Δ pt
10
20
55
50
50
45
30
11
12
30
70
20
30
1
40
35
80 100
200
2
10
300
q
3
4
500
5
1200 [l/s]
10
15 [m/s]
v
13
14
15
16
17
18
126
Shut-off damper
DSU
Sound data
1
2
dim
Ød1
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
500
200
100
50
20
63
61
59
53
47
63
61
56
49
42
500
200
100
50
20
60
53
51
48
43
60
51
46
42
35
500
200
100
50
20
66
59
58
57
56
63
53
49
42
32
500
200
100
50
20
62
52
47
42
37
63
52
43
36
30
500
200
100
50
20
65
55
46
40
34
60
52
43
38
31
500
200
100
50
20
67
55
52
44
33
65
54
48
41
35
500
200
100
50
20
63
50
42
34
26
60
44
39
34
30
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 5 [l/s]
64 63 58 53
58 52 49 42
50 45 41 28
43 40 33 23
36 32 25 16
Flow 8 [l/s]
59 52 50 44
53 43 42 35
44 38 35 28
38 33 26 19
30 23 17
9
Flow 12 [l/s]
61 55 52 46
49 44 38 34
43 40 31 28
41 31 29 20
39 29 27 11
Flow 20 [l/s]
61 56 52 51
51 44 43 38
39 37 32 27
33 28 25 20
30 26 19 16
Flow 30 [l/s]
56 52 49 47
51 43 40 37
41 34 32 29
33 30 28 27
26 25 25 23
Flow 50 [l/s]
57 50 47 52
49 43 42 38
40 37 34 33
35 32 29 24
29 29 25 15
Flow 80 [l/s]
53 49 47 46
42 38 38 33
33 31 30 25
30 26 22 21
27 21 16 15
4k
8k
63 125
48
33
22
15
7
45
28
14
8
1
65
63
60
56
51
65
63
60
54
47
44
32
21
16
7
44
32
20
14
6
67
59
58
55
50
64
58
55
53
49
47
33
22
17
15
44
32
22
15
11
71
65
64
63
62
68
62
59
54
48
50
37
27
17
11
49
36
25
16
10
68
61
59
54
49
67
58
54
50
46
44
38
29
23
18
42
38
29
22
16
70
62
57
51
44
64
57
52
45
37
51
42
31
22
12
50
42
28
20
10
69
59
56
52
47
66
57
52
48
44
45
37
30
19
13
44
34
23
15
11
68
60
54
49
44
65
55
52
49
46
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 15 [l/s]
65 65 59 55
60 54 51 43
53 48 43 30
47 43 36 25
39 35 28 18
Flow 25 [l/s]
64 57 54 48
58 50 48 40
53 46 41 34
48 42 35 26
42 37 28 17
Flow 40 [l/s]
65 59 56 50
57 51 46 41
53 47 39 34
50 41 36 27
48 34 34 20
Flow 60 [l/s]
64 59 55 53
56 50 48 42
50 45 40 35
46 37 33 29
43 35 27 24
Flow 100 [l/s]
61 55 52 52
55 47 44 42
48 41 39 36
41 36 32 32
33 29 27 25
Flow 150 [l/s]
59 53 50 54
52 46 44 41
45 41 38 36
40 38 34 30
37 35 31 25
Flow 250 [l/s]
59 53 50 50
50 45 43 40
45 41 38 36
43 38 34 32
41 35 30 27
4k
8k
63 125
49
34
23
16
8
46
29
15
9
2
67
65
61
59
54
67
65
64
59
52
48
37
26
22
15
48
37
24
18
14
72
66
65
64
62
69
65
64
63
61
50
38
29
25
22
47
38
27
20
15
76
72
71
70
68
73
71
70
68
65
52
40
33
25
19
51
40
31
25
18
73
71
70
69
68
71
65
64
63
61
55
42
34
28
21
55
42
34
28
19
75
71
69
63
56
69
65
64
56
47
53
44
34
28
22
52
44
31
24
17
71
63
62
61
59
67
60
57
56
54
53
43
36
30
25
50
40
31
24
18
74
70
66
64
62
71
65
64
63
61
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 30 [l/s]
67 67 60 57
62 56 53 44
57 51 46 32
52 47 40 27
44 39 32 20
Flow 50 [l/s]
69 62 59 52
64 57 54 45
62 54 48 40
60 53 44 33
57 51 41 27
Flow 75 [l/s]
70 63 60 53
65 59 53 47
63 55 47 40
60 51 43 34
56 47 39 29
Flow 120 [l/s]
68 62 59 55
62 56 53 47
60 53 48 42
58 48 42 37
55 44 36 32
Flow 200 [l/s]
65 59 55 55
61 53 50 48
58 50 47 44
51 44 39 39
43 36 29 27
Flow 300 [l/s]
61 56 53 56
55 49 46 44
51 46 43 40
47 45 40 38
46 42 38 36
Flow 500 [l/s]
65 58 55 55
58 52 49 48
56 50 47 46
55 49 45 42
54 48 43 37
4k
8k
50
35
24
17
9
47
30
16
10
4
52
42
31
28
25
52
42
29
22
15
53
43
35
32
28
50
43
32
24
17
54
44
39
32
27
53
44
38
32
23
59
47
42
34
24
59
47
42
34
22
55
46
38
33
30
54
46
35
28
24
58
49
44
40
34
55
46
39
32
24
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
127
Shut-off damper
DSU
1
2
dim
Ød1
3
80
4
5
6
7
100
125
160
8
200
9
250
10
11
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
500
200
100
50
20
72
70
66
63
59
70
68
65
62
58
500
200
100
50
20
78
74
73
72
70
75
73
72
70
67
500
200
100
50
20
83
79
78
77
76
80
78
77
76
75
500
200
100
50
20
78
76
75
74
73
77
73
72
71
66
500
200
100
50
20
85
83
82
81
80
79
77
76
74
70
500
200
100
50
20
78
74
72
69
66
75
69
68
67
65
500
200
100
50
20
82
77
76
75
74
78
72
71
70
68
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 45 [l/s]
70 70 63 60
67 60 57 48
63 57 51 36
58 52 45 28
51 46 38 21
Flow 75 [l/s]
75 67 64 57
72 64 59 50
71 62 56 46
68 58 51 40
63 53 44 33
Flow 110 [l/s]
76 68 65 58
71 65 58 51
70 61 51 45
68 57 45 39
64 53 40 33
Flow 180 [l/s]
74 67 63 60
70 63 59 53
69 61 54 48
66 58 49 40
61 54 43 35
Flow 300 [l/s]
72 65 62 61
70 62 58 55
69 59 56 53
65 56 52 49
60 52 46 43
Flow 450 [l/s]
68 61 58 61
63 57 55 54
60 56 52 49
58 54 48 44
56 52 44 39
Flow 750 [l/s]
71 64 60 60
66 59 58 57
64 57 54 52
61 54 50 46
58 51 46 39
4k
8k
63 125
53
38
27
18
10
49
32
18
11
5
77
75
74
73
70
76
74
73
71
67
57
47
36
29
26
57
46
33
23
17
84
80
79
77
74
81
79
78
76
73
58
48
39
33
30
54
47
35
25
18
89
87
86
84
81
87
85
83
80
76
59
50
45
38
30
58
50
44
33
25
84
80
78
76
74
84
80
76
72
68
65
54
50
45
38
65
54
50
42
32
92
90
88
85
81
85
83
80
76
72
60
54
45
37
32
59
53
42
32
27
87
82
79
76
73
83
79
76
72
68
60
56
50
43
36
60
52
44
35
26
89
86
84
82
80
85
79
77
74
71
250 500 1k 2k 4k
Flow 60 [l/s]
75 75 68 64 56
71 65 61 51 41
70 60 57 45 32
66 55 52 40 25
60 47 44 32 17
Flow 100 [l/s]
80 72 68 62 61
78 69 66 55 51
75 65 60 49 44
70 60 53 43 36
65 54 46 37 27
Flow 145 [l/s]
81 73 69 62 62
78 70 63 56 52
75 66 58 50 44
71 61 52 44 36
66 55 45 38 32
Flow 240 [l/s]
80 72 68 65 65
77 69 66 58 55
73 66 61 53 50
68 62 55 47 43
63 57 48 40 35
Flow 400 [l/s]
79 72 68 66 71
77 69 65 62 61
73 65 61 58 55
68 60 56 52 48
62 54 50 45 40
Flow 600 [l/s]
76 68 68 68 68
72 64 63 63 62
69 62 60 60 58
65 59 56 54 51
61 56 51 46 42
Flow 1000 [l/s]
77 69 68 67 69
72 65 63 62 63
69 62 60 58 57
66 59 55 52 49
63 56 48 44 39
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
128
8k
63 125
53
34
25
19
13
80
78
77
75
72
80
77
75
72
68
61
51
42
31
20
88
84
82
80
78
86
83
81
79
77
58
48
39
28
19
91
88
87
86
85
88
86
84
82
81
65
55
48
38
27
89
85
83
80
76
89
84
80
76
71
70
60
53
45
36
95
92
90
88
86
89
85
83
80
76
68
61
57
48
38
94
88
85
82
79
90
84
81
78
75
65
58
53
46
38
92
88
87
85
82
88
83
80
77
74
250 500 1k 2k 4k
Flow 75 [l/s]
80 80 72 68 60
72 70 64 53 42
71 65 58 46 33
67 58 53 41 26
62 50 47 36 20
Flow 120 [l/s]
85 76 72 65 64
81 72 68 59 55
78 69 63 54 48
74 65 57 48 40
69 60 50 41 31
Flow 180 [l/s]
83 75 71 63 63
80 71 66 59 54
78 69 61 53 47
75 65 55 47 39
71 60 48 41 34
Flow 300 [l/s]
85 77 73 69 69
80 73 70 64 59
77 70 65 58 54
72 66 59 51 47
65 61 52 43 39
Flow 475 [l/s]
82 73 71 70 74
79 71 66 64 64
76 68 63 61 58
72 64 59 56 52
67 59 54 50 47
Flow 750 [l/s]
82 74 71 74 74
77 69 68 67 68
74 67 65 63 62
70 64 61 58 55
65 60 56 53 47
Flow 1200 [l/s]
80 72 71 70 72
75 68 66 65 64
72 65 63 61 59
69 62 59 55 52
66 60 54 47 46
8k
56
35
26
20
15
64
54
45
35
24
59
49
42
33
22
69
58
52
42
30
73
63
56
48
39
74
65
59
52
46
68
59
55
48
40
Shut-off damper
DTU
Dimensions
45
1
Ød1
2
3
l
Description
Has a turning circular blade with an EPDM-rubber seal which
tightens against the inside of the damper when closed. The
blade can be adjusted in a 0–90° angle.
The damper can be used for regulating at rare occations.
4
Ød1
nom
l
mm
M
Nm
m
kg
Sealing class
past closed
blade
80
100
2,0
0,30
4
100
100
2,0
0,38
4
125
100
2,0
0,53
4
160
100
2,0
0,74
4
200
100
2,0
1,04
4
250
100
3,0
1,52
4
315
100
4,0
2,14
4
5
6
7
8
9
Ø 80–315 fullfills pressure class C in closed position.
Ø 355–630 fullfills pressure class B in closed position.
Motorizing
10
The torque needed for the motorizing is given in the adjacent
table.
Ø710–1000 is not possible to motorize on site.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
DTU
200
Product
Dimension Ød1
18
129
Shut-off damper
DTU
Technical data
4
5
70
500
60
50
40
Dimension Ø100
Flow 60 l/s
Obtained from graph
Setting angle 32°
30
75
70
300
200
65
100
20
60
[d
B]
Example
Given
α [°]
[Pa]
W
A
3
Ø125
55
L
2
dimensioning
Δ pt
1
50
50
10
45
30
0
40
20
6
12 15
20
1
30
2
40 50
q
3
100
4
5
180 [l/s]
15 [m/s]
10
v
7
Ø160
Ø80
a [°]
[Pa]
40
100
0
12
10
1
20
2
30
q
3
4
40
50
5
20
75 [l/s]
10
40
30
20
30
0
45
35
30
40
5
10
50
50
35
20
60
55
45
30
65
B]
Δ pt
55
20
70
10
50
50
11
80
75
[d
B]
W
A
[d
10
40
200
60
L
Δ pt
100
50
300
65
200
9
60
20
70
300
70
500
75
α [°]
30
[Pa]
30
W
A
500
50
L
8
60
40 50
100
200
300 [l/s]
5
10
15 [m/s]
q
15 [m/s]
1
2
3
4
v
v
13
Ø100
Ø200
α [°]
30
[Pa]
300
200
Δ pt
100
A
60
30
18
130
30
20
8
1
35
10
20
2
200
100
40
4
5
50
120 [l/s]
20
60
55
50
10
45
40
35
30
30
q
3
70
20
80
65
0
40
30
75
50
45
40
[d
B]
10
55
50
50
65
[d
LW
60
300
20
70
B]
50
17
500
70
W
A
15
16
75
α [°]
[Pa]
L
500
40
Δ pt
14
50
60
30
40 50
0
100
200
300
475 [l/s]
q
10
15 [m/s]
1
v
2
3
4
v
5
10
15 [m/s]
Shut-off damper
DTU
1
Ø250
a [°]
30
[Pa]
60
500
50
40
300
65
200
3
60
]
[d
B
W
A
L
Δ pt
100
55
10
50
4
45
50
0
30
20
2
75 80
70
20
40
35
50
100
1
2
200
q
3
4
300
5
500
750 [l/s]
10
15 [m/s]
5
6
v
7
Ø315
α [°]
[Pa]
70
500
60
50
40
70
30
8
20
9
10
10
80
300
65
200
55
W
A
100
L
Δ pt
[d
B]
60
50
50
45
30
30
20
35
80 100
1
200
2
0
40
300
q
3
4
500
5
1200 [l/s]
10
15 [m/s]
v
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
131
Shut-off damper
DTU
Sound data
1
2
3
dim
Ød1
80
4
5
6
7
100
125
160
8
200
9
250
10
11
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
500
200
100
50
20
63
61
59
53
47
63
61
56
49
42
500
200
100
50
20
60
53
51
48
43
60
51
46
42
35
500
200
100
50
20
66
59
58
57
56
63
53
49
42
32
500
200
100
50
20
62
52
47
42
37
63
52
43
36
30
500
200
100
50
20
65
55
46
40
34
60
52
43
38
31
500
200
100
50
20
67
55
52
44
33
65
54
48
41
35
500
200
100
50
20
63
50
42
34
26
60
44
39
34
30
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 5 [l/s]
64 63 58 53
58 52 49 42
50 45 41 28
43 40 33 23
36 32 25 16
Flow 8 [l/s]
59 52 50 44
53 43 42 35
44 38 35 28
38 33 26 19
30 23 17
9
Flow 12 [l/s]
61 55 52 46
49 44 38 34
43 40 31 28
41 31 29 20
39 29 27 11
Flow 20 [l/s]
61 56 52 51
51 44 43 38
39 37 32 27
33 28 25 20
30 26 19 16
Flow 30 [l/s]
56 52 49 47
51 43 40 37
41 34 32 29
33 30 28 27
26 25 25 23
Flow 50 [l/s]
57 50 47 52
49 43 42 38
40 37 34 33
35 32 29 24
29 29 25 15
Flow 80 [l/s]
53 49 47 46
42 38 38 33
33 31 30 25
30 26 22 21
27 21 16 15
4k
8k
63 125
48
33
22
15
7
45
28
14
8
1
65
63
60
56
51
65
63
60
54
47
44
32
21
16
7
44
32
20
14
6
67
59
58
55
50
64
58
55
53
49
47
33
22
17
15
44
32
22
15
11
71
65
64
63
62
68
62
59
54
48
50
37
27
17
11
49
36
25
16
10
68
61
59
54
49
67
58
54
50
46
44
38
29
23
18
42
38
29
22
16
70
62
57
51
44
64
57
52
45
37
51
42
31
22
12
50
42
28
20
10
69
59
56
52
47
66
57
52
48
44
45
37
30
19
13
44
34
23
15
11
68
60
54
49
44
65
55
52
49
46
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 15 [l/s]
65 65 59 55
60 54 51 43
53 48 43 30
47 43 36 25
39 35 28 18
Flow 25 [l/s]
64 57 54 48
58 50 48 40
53 46 41 34
48 42 35 26
42 37 28 17
Flow 40 [l/s]
65 59 56 50
57 51 46 41
53 47 39 34
50 41 36 27
48 34 34 20
Flow 60 [l/s]
64 59 55 53
56 50 48 42
50 45 40 35
46 37 33 29
43 35 27 24
Flow 100 [l/s]
61 55 52 52
55 47 44 42
48 41 39 36
41 36 32 32
33 29 27 25
Flow 150 [l/s]
59 53 50 54
52 46 44 41
45 41 38 36
40 38 34 30
37 35 31 25
Flow 250 [l/s]
59 53 50 50
50 45 43 40
45 41 38 36
43 38 34 32
41 35 30 27
4k
8k
63 125
49
34
23
16
8
46
29
15
9
2
67
65
61
59
54
67
65
64
59
52
48
37
26
22
15
48
37
24
18
14
72
66
65
64
62
69
65
64
63
61
50
38
29
25
22
47
38
27
20
15
76
72
71
70
68
73
71
70
68
65
52
40
33
25
19
51
40
31
25
18
73
71
70
69
68
71
65
64
63
61
55
42
34
28
21
55
42
34
28
19
75
71
69
63
56
69
65
64
56
47
53
44
34
28
22
52
44
31
24
17
71
63
62
61
59
67
60
57
56
54
53
43
36
30
25
50
40
31
24
18
74
70
66
64
62
71
65
64
63
61
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
132
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 30 [l/s]
67 67 60 57
62 56 53 44
57 51 46 32
52 47 40 27
44 39 32 20
Flow 50 [l/s]
69 62 59 52
64 57 54 45
62 54 48 40
60 53 44 33
57 51 41 27
Flow 75 [l/s]
70 63 60 53
65 59 53 47
63 55 47 40
60 51 43 34
56 47 39 29
Flow 120 [l/s]
68 62 59 55
62 56 53 47
60 53 48 42
58 48 42 37
55 44 36 32
Flow 200 [l/s]
65 59 55 55
61 53 50 48
58 50 47 44
51 44 39 39
43 36 29 27
Flow 300 [l/s]
61 56 53 56
55 49 46 44
51 46 43 40
47 45 40 38
46 42 38 36
Flow 500 [l/s]
65 58 55 55
58 52 49 48
56 50 47 46
55 49 45 42
54 48 43 37
4k
8k
50
35
24
17
9
47
30
16
10
4
52
42
31
28
25
52
42
29
22
15
53
43
35
32
28
50
43
32
24
17
54
44
39
32
27
53
44
38
32
23
59
47
42
34
24
59
47
42
34
22
55
46
38
33
30
54
46
35
28
24
58
49
44
40
34
55
46
39
32
24
Shut-off damper
DTU
1
2
dim
Ød1
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
500
200
100
50
20
72
70
66
63
59
70
68
65
62
58
500
200
100
50
20
78
74
73
72
70
75
73
72
70
67
500
200
100
50
20
83
79
78
77
76
80
78
77
76
75
500
200
100
50
20
78
76
75
74
73
77
73
72
71
66
500
200
100
50
20
85
83
82
81
80
79
77
76
74
70
500
200
100
50
20
78
74
72
69
66
75
69
68
67
65
500
200
100
50
20
82
77
76
75
74
78
72
71
70
68
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 45 [l/s]
70 70 63 60
67 60 57 48
63 57 51 36
58 52 45 28
51 46 38 21
Flow 75 [l/s]
75 67 64 57
72 64 59 50
71 62 56 46
68 58 51 40
63 53 44 33
Flow 110 [l/s]
76 68 65 58
71 65 58 51
70 61 51 45
68 57 45 39
64 53 40 33
Flow 180 [l/s]
74 67 63 60
70 63 59 53
69 61 54 48
66 58 49 40
61 54 43 35
Flow 300 [l/s]
72 65 62 61
70 62 58 55
69 59 56 53
65 56 52 49
60 52 46 43
Flow 450 [l/s]
68 61 58 61
63 57 55 54
60 56 52 49
58 54 48 44
56 52 44 39
Flow 750 [l/s]
71 64 60 60
66 59 58 57
64 57 54 52
61 54 50 46
58 51 46 39
4k
8k
63 125
53
38
27
18
10
49
32
18
11
5
77
75
74
73
–
76
74
73
71
–
57
47
36
29
26
57
46
33
23
17
84
80
79
77
–
81
79
78
76
–
58
48
39
33
30
54
47
35
25
18
89
87
86
84
81
87
85
83
80
76
59
50
45
38
30
58
50
44
33
25
84
80
78
76
–
84
80
76
72
–
65
54
50
45
38
65
54
50
42
32
92
90
88
85
81
85
83
80
76
72
60
54
45
37
32
59
53
42
32
27
87
82
79
76
–
83
79
76
72
–
60
56
50
43
36
60
52
44
35
26
89
86
84
82
80
85
79
77
74
71
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 60 [l/s]
75 75 68 64
71 65 61 51
70 60 57 45
66 55 52 40
–
–
–
–
Flow 100 [l/s]
80 72 68 62
78 69 66 55
75 65 60 49
70 60 53 43
–
–
–
–
Flow 145 [l/s]
81 73 69 62
78 70 63 56
75 66 58 50
71 61 52 44
66 55 45 38
Flow 240 [l/s]
80 72 68 65
77 69 66 58
73 66 61 53
68 62 55 47
–
–
–
–
Flow 400 [l/s]
79 72 68 66
77 69 65 62
73 65 61 58
68 60 56 52
62 54 50 45
Flow 600 [l/s]
76 68 68 68
72 64 63 63
69 62 60 60
65 59 56 54
–
–
–
–
Flow 1000 [l/s]
77 69 68 67
72 65 63 62
69 62 60 58
66 59 55 52
63 56 48 44
4k
8k
63 125
56
41
32
25
–
53
34
25
19
–
80
78
77
75
–
80
77
75
72
–
61
51
44
36
–
61
51
42
31
–
88
84
82
80
–
86
83
81
79
–
62
52
44
36
32
58
48
39
28
19
91
88
87
86
–
88
86
84
82
–
65
55
50
43
–
65
55
48
38
–
89
85
83
80
–
89
84
80
76
–
71
61
55
48
40
70
60
53
45
36
95
92
90
88
–
89
85
83
80
–
68
62
58
51
–
68
61
57
48
–
94
88
85
82
–
90
84
81
78
–
69
63
57
49
39
65
58
53
46
38
92
88
87
85
–
88
83
80
77
–
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 75 [l/s]
80 80 72 68
72 70 64 53
71 65 58 46
67 58 53 41
–
–
–
–
Flow 120 [l/s]
85 76 72 65
81 72 68 59
78 69 63 54
74 65 57 48
–
–
–
–
Flow 180 [l/s]
83 75 71 63
80 71 66 59
78 69 61 53
75 65 55 47
–
–
–
–
Flow 300 [l/s]
85 77 73 69
80 73 70 64
77 70 65 58
72 66 59 51
–
–
–
–
Flow 475 [l/s]
82 73 71 70
79 71 66 64
76 68 63 61
72 64 59 56
–
–
–
–
Flow 750 [l/s]
82 74 71 74
77 69 68 67
74 67 65 63
70 64 61 58
–
–
–
–
Flow 1200 [l/s]
80 72 71 70
75 68 66 65
72 65 63 61
69 62 59 55
–
–
–
–
4k
8k
60
42
33
26
–
56
35
26
20
–
64
55
48
40
–
64
54
45
35
–
63
54
47
39
–
59
49
42
33
–
69
59
54
47
–
69
58
52
42
–
74
64
58
52
–
73
63
56
48
–
74
68
62
55
–
74
65
59
52
–
72
64
59
52
–
68
59
55
48
–
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
133
Damper with flow meter
DIRU
Dimensions
1
3
Ød1
g
lockin
en the ent
Thigt
djustm
after
s
screw
2
4
DIRU 125
6524
21-nov-05
ØD
l
5
6
Description
7
The damper DIRU with flow meter offers measurement of
the air flow. DIRU has following characteristics: low noise
level, centric flow, fixed measurement nozzles for accurate
flow measurement and is equipped with regulating facilities
which can be fully opened, which means that you do not
need cleaning covers. It fulfils tightness class C.
8
9
10
11
12
13
The dimensioning graph are to be used to determine the
pressure drop over the damper with flow meter and to give
information regarding the sound effect level at different settings. When balancing the system the balancing graphs
should be used.
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
ØD
mm
135
163
210
230
285
333
406
l
mm
52
54
63
60
62
62
63
maintenance instruction for dampers with flow meter.
The damper blades forms a measuring flange which allows
flow measuring. By measuring the pressure difference
between the measure nozzles, you can through the equation
on the damper derive the flow q [l/s]. The setting value of the
damper and the correction factor (k-factor) is the same
number which means that you do not have to read a graphs
in order to get the k-factor from a setting value.
The air flow is regulated with a handle.
14
15
16
17
Material
The damper is made of hot-dip galvanized sheet steel.
Installation
Consider required straight distance after or before disturbance, as mentioned on the card attached to the measurement nozzles, to obtain accurate flow measurement.
Cleaning
By fully open the damper, one get access to the duct. Do
not forget to readjust the damper after cleaning.
Ordering example
DIRU
18
134
Product
Dimension Ød1
160
m
kg
0,60
0,80
1,20
1,40
2,00
2,60
3,40
DIRU
Technical data
1
Method error
± 7%
ØD
l = straight distance before and after
disturbances
Dimensioning
The dimensioning graphs show the pressure drop over the
damper with flow meter, Δpt. They should be used to determine the pressure drop and to provide information about
sound effect levels at different settings.
3
Δpt
l≥1D
l
2
4
ØD
l≥1D
l
l
5
Balancing
The balancing graphs show the flow as a function of the
measured pressure, Δpm. These graphs should be used to
balance the system.
6
Δpm
7
ØD
8
l≥3D
9
l
l
10
ØD
11
l
l≥3D
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
135
1
dimensioning
3
1,0
1,5
2,5
2,0
300
85 90 3,0
80
75
3,5
300
4,0
100
50
0
4,
20
40
35
5
20
10
30
40
10
75 [l/s]
50
q
1
2
3
4
7
5
10
15
20
2
3
4
15 [m/s]
10
5
v
[Pa]
2,0 2,5
1,5
7
75
8
9
10 11 [m/s]
5
2,
5 0 5 0 5
0
3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, ,0
6
200
100
B]
65
[d
6,0
60
Δpm
L
W
A
100
0
2,
5
1,
300
5,0
5,5
70
200
60 [l/s]
50
k
[Pa]
85
4,5
80
300
Δpt
6
40
Ø100
k
3,0 3,5 4,0
500
55
50
50
40
30
50
45
11
30
q
v
Ø100
10
5
3,
30
30
9
3,
2,
2,
50
40
45
8
0
5
0
1,
200
55
50
20
5
0
1,
Δpm
[d
B]
60
W
A
100
L
Δpt
65
6
k
[Pa]
70
200
5
Ø80
k
[Pa]
500
4
Flow graphs for balancing
Ø80
2
DIRU
20
30
40
20
8
20
10
12
1
2
30
q
3
40
4
100 120 [l/s]
50
5
10
15
40
q
50
100 [l/s]
3
4
5
v
10
Ø125
Ø125
[Pa]
k
[Pa]
1,5
3,0
2,0
4,0
70
65
300
300
5,0
500
14
30
2
v
13
20
[m/s]
15 [m/s]
10
6,0
7,0
k
5
1,
0
0
0
2,
4,
3,
0
5,
0
6,
0 8,0
7,
200
0
9,
10
8,0
B]
15
60
[d
W
A
L
Δpt
100
16
10,0
50
50
40
45
30
50
40
17
20
30
20
12
35
15
20
30
40
50
180 [l/s]
100
q
18
100
9,0
55
Δpm
200
1
2
3
4
5
10
15 [m/s]
10
25
30
40
3
v
136
50
4
q
5
v
150 [l/s]
[m/s]
100
10
dimensioning
Ø160
DIRU
1
Ø160
k
[Pa]
3,5 4
500
5
70
300
7 8 9
80 90 10
6
75
2
k
[Pa]
0
5
3, 4,
300
0
5,
0 0 0
7, 8, 9, 10
0
6,
12
15
16
3
200
85 12
65
100
60
15
16
55
50
100
50
40
45
40
50
5
30
35
20
30
20
20
4
Δpm
Δpt
L
W
A
[d
B]
200
30
30
40
50
100
300 [l/s]
200
10
40
q
6
50
100
150
200
250 [l/s]
q
1
2
3
4
5
15 [m/s]
10
2
v
Ø200
3
4
5
[m/s]
v
Ø200
[Pa]
8 9 10 12
7
500
75
k
[Pa]
15
300
7
10
k
0
7,
0
0
9, 10
8,
12
25
29
200
300
70
B]
100
25
50
29
Δpm
W
A
[d
60
55
L
Δpt
100
9
20
65
200
45
35
30
20
30
10
50
40
30
40
50
11
20
30
40
50
100
200
475 [l/s]
300
10
60
q
100
150
200
300
400 [l/s]
q
1
2
3
4
5
15 [m/s]
10
2
v
k
[Pa]
8
10
12
15
[Pa]
300
20
85
W
A
[d
B]
200
L
100
50
45
40
25
35
40
45
1
2
13
k
8
10
12
15
20
25
30
35
40
100
15
50
40
16
20
200
q
3
4
v
14
45
30
30
100
10
30
35
20
50
5
200
Δpm
80
75
70
65
60
55
300
30
4
Ø250
500
50
3
12
[m/s]
v
Ø250
Δpt
8
20
15
300
500
740 [l/s]
10
100
5
10
17
150
200
q
15 [m/s]
3
4
5
300
400
500
10
600 [l/s]
18
[m/s]
v
137
2
Ø315
Ø315
k
[Pa]
13
500
3
15
20
60
[d
B]
50
60
70
75
35
50
6
7
20
80 100
1
200
2
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
75
100
50
40
30
300
q
3
4
1170 [l/s]
500
5
10
15 [m/s]
10
150
2
200
300
3
4
400
q
5
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
1000 [l/s]
500
10
v
v
8
138
20
15
20
30
30
13
200
40
50
40
5
30
45
k
[Pa]
300
55
W
A
100
L
Δpt
25
65
300
200
4
Δpm
1
dimensioning
DIRU
[m/s]
DIRU
Sound data
dim
Ød1
80
100
125
150
160
200
250
315
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
–
56
–
–
–
–
45
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
–
53
–
–
–
–
48
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
54
52
–
–
–
49
48
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
–
45
–
–
–
–
39
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
–
47
–
–
–
–
37
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
–
44
–
–
–
–
34
300
200
100
50
20
–
–
–
46
34
–
–
–
39
27
250 500 1k 2k 4k
Flow 5 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
31 24 18 13
3
Flow 8 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
35 25 17
9
2
Flow 10 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
39 28 18
9
2
37 26 16
7
1
Flow 20 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
27 17
9
1
1
Flow 20 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
28 18 10
1
2
Flow 30 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 50 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
24 22 12
7
2
Flow 80 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
30 28 22 17
8
18 16 10
5
2
8k
63 125
–
–
–
–
9
–
–
65
62
60
–
–
58
55
53
–
–
–
–
1
–
85
74
66
60
–
78
67
59
53
–
–
–
2
1
83
74
63
60
58
78
69
58
55
52
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
64
56
51
–
–
58
50
45
–
–
–
–
1
–
77
69
60
53
–
68
60
51
45
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
67
56
52
–
–
57
46
42
–
–
–
–
1
–
71
60
51
48
–
61
50
41
38
–
–
–
8
1
–
71
59
48
43
–
64
52
41
36
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 15 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
52 45 42 40
50 39 35 32
43 34 28 21
Flow 25 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
65 55 46 37
54 44 35 26
46 36 27 18
40 30 22 14
Flow 45 [l/s]
67 56 46 37
58 47 37 28
47 36 26 17
44 33 23 14
41 30 20 11
Flow 50 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
46 36 28 20
38 28 20 12
33 23 15
7
Flow 60 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
58 48 40 32
50 40 32 24
41 31 23 15
34 24 16
9
Flow 95 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
48 39 31 25
37 28 20 14
33 24 16 10
Flow 150 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
51 49 39 34
40 38 28 23
31 29 19 14
28 26 16 11
Flow 230 [l/s]
–
–
–
–
55 53 47 42
43 41 35 30
32 30 24 19
27 25 19 14
4k
8k
63 125
–
–
37
23
11
–
–
23
17
15
74
71
68
65
62
73
70
67
64
61
–
28
17
9
5
–
24
13
7
4
95
86
77
70
66
90
79
70
63
59
29
20
9
6
3
26
17
6
5
4
85
78
72
70
67
80
73
67
65
62
–
–
12
5
3
–
–
9
4
3
85
78
71
66
62
79
72
65
60
56
–
23
15
7
4
–
20
12
6
3
90
82
74
68
63
81
73
65
59
54
–
–
18
9
5
–
–
14
6
4
93
84
75
66
63
83
74
65
56
53
–
27
16
7
4
–
24
13
4
3
87
77
67
59
55
77
67
57
49
45
–
33
21
10
6
–
33
21
10
7
83
74
65
59
56
76
67
58
52
49
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 30 [l/s]
70 68 61 61
68 63 54 50
66 58 52 47
62 53 48 42
56 48 42 34
Flow 45 [l/s]
76 67 58 49
68 56 47 38
57 47 38 29
50 40 31 22
46 36 27 18
Flow 75 [l/s]
69 58 48 39
62 51 41 32
56 45 35 26
54 43 33 24
51 40 30 21
Flow 110 [l/s]
67 57 49 41
60 50 42 34
53 43 35 27
48 38 30 22
44 34 26 18
Flow 120 [l/s]
71 61 53 45
63 53 45 37
55 45 37 29
49 39 31 23
44 34 26 18
Flow 190 [l/s]
74 65 57 51
65 56 48 42
56 47 39 33
47 38 30 24
44 35 27 21
Flow 290 [l/s]
67 65 55 50
57 55 45 40
47 45 35 30
39 37 27 22
35 33 23 18
Flow 465 [l/s]
67 65 59 54
58 56 50 45
49 47 41 36
43 41 35 30
40 38 32 27
4k
8k
61
49
43
35
23
49
37
31
24
18
40
29
20
13
9
36
25
16
11
8
31
24
18
16
13
28
21
15
13
10
32
25
18
13
9
29
22
15
10
6
36
28
20
14
9
33
25
17
11
6
44
35
26
17
14
40
31
22
13
10
43
33
23
15
11
40
30
20
12
8
45
36
27
21
18
45
36
27
21
18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
139
DIRU
1
2
3
4
5
dim
Ød1
80
100
125
6
150
7
160
8
9
10
200
250
11
315
12
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
63 125
300
200
100
50
20
79
75
71
66
–
76
74
72
68
–
300
200
100
50
20
97
89
83
77
–
91
82
76
70
–
300
200
100
50
20
86
81
78
75
–
82
76
73
70
–
300
200
100
50
20
89
83
77
73
–
83
77
71
67
–
300
200
100
50
20
97
89
81
75
–
88
80
72
66
–
300
200
100
50
20
94
86
79
73
–
84
76
69
63
–
300
200
100
50
20
94
85
76
70
65
84
75
66
60
55
300
200
100
50
20
84
77
70
66
63
77
70
63
59
56
250 500 1k 2k
Flow 45 [l/s]
74 73 72 73
73 69 66 65
72 65 60 57
67 60 54 48
–
–
–
–
Flow 70 [l/s]
77 68 59 50
69 59 50 41
63 53 44 35
57 47 38 29
–
–
–
–
Flow 110 [l/s]
71 60 50 41
65 54 44 35
62 51 41 32
59 48 38 29
–
–
–
–
Flow 160 [l/s]
71 61 53 45
65 55 47 39
59 49 41 33
55 45 37 29
–
–
–
–
Flow 180 [l/s]
78 68 60 52
70 60 52 44
62 52 44 36
56 46 38 30
–
–
–
–
Flow 285 [l/s]
75 66 58 52
67 58 50 44
60 51 43 37
54 45 37 31
–
–
–
–
Flow 440 [l/s]
74 72 62 57
65 63 53 48
56 54 44 39
50 48 38 33
45 43 33 28
Flow 700 [l/s]
68 66 60 55
61 59 53 48
54 52 46 41
50 48 42 37
47 45 39 34
4k
8k
63 125
75
64
53
41
–
60
50
40
30
–
84
79
74
–
–
80
78
76
–
–
41
32
26
20
–
38
30
23
18
–
101
95
89
–
–
95
87
82
–
–
33
27
24
21
–
30
24
21
18
–
88
84
81
–
–
84
79
76
–
–
36
30
24
20
–
33
27
21
17
–
92
87
82
–
–
86
81
76
–
–
43
35
27
21
–
40
32
24
18
–
105
97
89
–
–
96
88
80
–
–
45
37
30
24
–
41
33
26
20
–
95
89
83
78
–
85
79
73
68
–
50
41
32
26
21
47
38
29
23
18
102
95
88
82
–
95
87
79
72
–
46
39
32
28
25
46
39
32
28
25
85
79
74
70
–
78
72
67
63
–
250 500 1k 2k 4k
Flow 60[l/s]
78 79 80 79 83
77 75 74 73 72
76 71 68 67 61
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 95[l/s]
82 73 64 55 47
77 65 56 47 39
70 59 50 41 32
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 145 [l/s]
73 62 52 43 35
68 57 47 38 30
65 54 44 35 27
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 210[l/s]
74 64 56 48 39
69 59 51 43 34
64 54 46 38 29
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 240 [l/s]
86 76 68 60 51
78 68 60 52 43
70 60 52 44 35
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 380 [l/s]
76 67 59 53 46
70 61 53 47 40
64 55 47 41 34
59 50 42 36 29
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 590 [l/s]
82 80 70 65 58
75 73 63 58 51
68 66 56 51 44
62 60 50 45 38
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 935 [l/s]
69 67 61 56 47
63 61 55 50 41
58 56 50 45 36
54 52 46 41 32
–
–
–
–
–
13
14
15
16
17
18
140
8k
63 125
76
62
48
–
–
89
83
–
–
–
84
82
–
–
–
43
35
29
–
–
106
101
95
–
–
98
92
88
–
–
32
27
24
–
–
90
87
84
–
–
86
82
79
–
–
36
31
26
–
–
94
91
87
–
–
88
85
81
–
–
48
40
32
–
–
42
36
30
25
–
55
48
41
35
–
47
41
36
32
–
113 104
105 96
97 88
–
–
–
–
97
92
87
–
–
87
82
77
–
–
110 106
105 99
100 92
94 84
–
–
86
81
78
74
–
79
74
71
67
–
250 500 1k 2k 4k
Flow 75[l/s]
82 85 88 85 91
81 81 82 81 80
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 120[l/s]
90 76 68 59 53
85 71 62 53 46
77 65 56 47 38
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 180 [l/s]
75 64 54 45 37
71 60 50 41 33
68 57 47 38 30
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 260[l/s]
76 66 58 50 41
73 63 55 47 38
69 59 51 43 34
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 300 [l/s]
94 84 76 68 59
86 76 68 60 51
78 68 60 52 43
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 475 [l/s]
78 69 61 55 48
73 64 56 50 43
68 59 51 45 38
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 740 [l/s]
90 88 78 73 66
85 83 73 68 61
80 78 68 63 56
74 72 62 57 50
–
–
–
–
–
Flow 1170 [l/s]
70 68 62 57 48
65 63 57 52 43
62 60 54 49 40
58 56 50 45 36
–
–
–
–
–
8k
92
74
–
–
–
45
40
35
–
–
34
30
27
–
–
38
35
31
–
–
56
48
40
–
–
44
39
34
–
–
63
58
53
47
–
48
43
40
36
–
Shut-off damper with motor
shelf
DTHU
Dimensions
1
l1
105
45
2
Ød1
3
4
5
l
Description
Shut-off damper with motor shelf KOMHY
Ø 80–630 consists of a DTU damper with a KOMHY combined motor shelf added. The damper has no knob, and has
a longer spindle to avoid the need for extension spindle
VREDF. The damper is designed to have a motor added on
site.
Ø 80–315 fullfills pressure class C in closed position.
Ø 355–630 fullfills pressure class B in closed position.
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
l
mm
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
l1
mm
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
Motorizing
The motor shelf KOMHY is provided with suitable fixing
holes for Belimo´s LM, NM SM and AF motors, and for Sauter´s pneumatic actuators AK 31 P and AK 41 P.
Ø 900 and 1000 has two motor shelves.
NOTE! AK 42 P does not fit this damper. The torque needed
for motorizing is given in the adjacent table.
Also the dampers DRU and DSU can be ordered in this
version.
M
Nm
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
3,0
4,0
m
kg
0,67
0,75
0,90
1,11
1,41
1,89
2,51
6
Sealing class
past closed
blade
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
DTHU
200
Product
Dimension Ød1
17
18
141
Volume regulator
GAT
Dimensions
1
3
1 = A - 25 x B - 25
4
2 = A - 22 x B - 18
5
6
7
Description
1. Internal dimension
2. External dimension
Volume regulator GAT with opposing blades that can be set
from the front of the grille.
Installed directly in the grille using springs.
Weight (Kg)
A
8
B
100
Aluminium.
200
0,2
Maintenance
9
The visible parts can be wiped with a damp cloth.
Technical data
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
142
GAT
200
100
Product
A – Size
B – Size
300
0,3
47
38
2
Silencers
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
Fire classes without protective distance
1
Circular
straight
silencer
E 60
SLU 50 ................................................... 146
SLCU 50................................................. 147
PVD 50 ................................................... 148
2
Circular straight
SLCU 50
Circular curved
BSLCU 50
EI 15
EI 30
EI 60
EI 120
EI 30
EI 60
EI 120
Fire classes with protective distance to
evacuation person (3 kW/m²)
EI 15
Circular straight
3
Circular
straight lowbuilt silencer
4
Circular curved
LRCA ...................................................... 149
LRCB...................................................... 150
KVDP ...................................................... 151
LRCEC ................................................... 155
5
6
SLCU 50
Protective distance 50 mm
BSLCU 50
Fire classes with protective distance to
combustible materials (10 and 30 kW/m²)
EI 15
BSLU 50 ................................................. 156
BSLCU 50 .............................................. 157
Circular curved
BSLCU 50
Design
The tear of fibre is prevented since all exposed surfaces are
lined. The connections of the circular types are supplied
with a Safe-gasket.
9
10
Overview silencers – circular connection
12
Ød1
Straight
Curved
Circular
outer
sheet
casing
Rectangular
outer sheet casing
Circular
outer
sheet
casing
SLCU 50
SLCU 50
PVD 50
LRCB
KVDP
63
80
14
100
125
160
15
200
LRCEC
LRCA
BSLU 50
BSLCU 50
250
315
16
Low built
Eccentric
17
18
144
EI 120
The straight types consist of an outer and inner sheet casing. The space between them is filled with mineral wool of
varying type and density.
The outer sheet casing of the circular curved silencers are
built as a segmented bend, BFU.
8
13
EI 60
SLCU 50
Circular curved
silencer
7
11
EI 30
Circular straight
General
Fire class alternatives
The silencers are of the absorption silencer type. The
damping ability of absorption silencers is affected by the
geometric design of the silencer and the type of damping
material chosen. Silencer comprises a total of 17 such variants, with different properties. The graph below summarises
the attenuation of some types of silencer.
The Building Regulations, BBR, from the Swedish National
Board of Housing, Building and Planning contains the following paragraph about exchange of fire classes.
[dB]
50
5:6213
1
2
Fire class alternatives
Fire class EI can be exchanged to class E, if the
distance to escape route and to combustable
material is sufficient not to deteriorate the safety
of escape nor the risk for fire spread to increase.
3
4
40
30
SLCBU 315 600 10
20
BSLCU 315 100
10
SLGU 315 600 100
0
63
125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
This means that e.g. a silencer with E-class can be used
where there is a demand for EI-class under the presumption
that some specified time periods and protective distance is
achieved.
5
SLCU 315 600 50
More information about damping in duct systems, and
dimensioning and calculation examples can be found in the
Air Duct system catalogue.
Method of measurement
The silencers are tested in accordance with ISO 7235
”Acoustics - Measurement procedures for ducted silencers
- Insertion loss, flow noise and total pressure loss”.
We specify these time periods and protective distances for
our products.
6
Radiation at fire
7
Objects, subjected to radiation, are often divided into three
categories. Their maximum allowed radiation intensity levels
are:
People during evacuation
3 kW/m²
Fitting materials, curtains, drapes etc.
10 kW/m²
Building materials, wood etc.
30 kW/m²
8
9
The longer the distance from a radiation source is the lower
the radiation intensity level.
Substitution duct
10
Loudspeaker
chamber
Reverberatio
30 kW/m²
10 kW/m²
3 kW/m²
Silencer under test
11
We specify these radiation intensity levels and corresponding protective distances for our products.
Protective distance
Type approval
The type approved variants are approved on the aspects of
fire and tightness according to the certificate nr 0015/05.
Protective distance is the shortest distance that is allowed
between the silencer and evacuation person or combustible
materials.
Cleaning of duct systems
Silencers with baffles have parts which block the duct system to a greater or lesser extent, and thus obstruct or prevent cleaning of the duct system. Please refer to the Air Duct
system catalogue.
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
145
Circular straight silencer
SLU 50
Dimensions and sound data
1
l
Ødy
3
Ød1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
Description
SLU 50 is a circular straight silencer with a connection
diameter available between 80 - 250 mm. For bigger sizes,
see SLU 100.
Nominal insulation thickness 50 mm. Attenuation material is
mineral wool. The SLU's are made of an outer spiral seemed
tube and an inner tube made of perforated sheet steel. The
space between them is filled with mineral wool and a fibre
cloth is inserted between the perforated sheet metal and the
attenuation material, to prevent damage to the insulation
material and fibers from getting into the duct system.
Tested according to ISO 7235 standard.
0
Ød
m/
s]
16
0
5
12
10
1
m]
4
10
5
lnom
mm
63
63
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
300
600
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
Attenuation [dB] for centre frequency
[Hz]
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
Ødy
mm
l
mm
m
kg
0
0
1
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
0
1
1
2
0
1
1
2
0
1
2
2
1
1
2
44
50
25
50
50
50
25
48
50
50
20
37
50
50
16
28
39
50
11
19
28
36
14
19
24
36
50
21
47
50
50
21
35
49
50
16
26
37
47
11
17
24
30
7
12
16
21
8
11
13
26
34
15
24
34
43
13
20
28
35
11
16
21
26
7
11
14
17
5
8
10
13
7
9
11
170
170
190
190
190
190
210
210
210
210
235
235
235
235
270
270
270
270
325
325
325
325
365
365
365
300
600
300
600
900
1200
360
660
960
1260
365
665
965
1265
375
675
975
1275
385
685
985
1285
600
900
1200
1,75
2,95
2,00
3,00
5,00
7,00
2,00
3,00
5,00
7,00
3,00
4,00
7,00
9,00
3,00
6,00
8,00
10,0
4,00
7,00
10,0
12,0
9,00
12,0
15,0
6
7
5
8
10
13
5
7
10
12
4
5
7
9
3
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
0
3
2
13
1
0.5
14
0.1
10
50
50
100
100
500
500
1 000
5 000 10 000 [l/s]
1 000
5 000 10 000
15
[m3/h]
qv
Order code
16
Product
SLU
aaa
bbbb
50
SLU
Connection dim. Ød1 nom
63 - 250 mm
17
Length in mm ( lnom )
300 - 1200 mm
Nominal Insulation thickness
18
50 mm
Example: SLU - 80 - 600 - 50
146
13
20
8
14
21
27
7
12
17
22
5
10
14
18
5
8
12
15
4
8
11
14
6
9
11
21
35
15
28
40
50
15
25
34
44
13
22
30
39
11
19
27
35
9
15
21
27
14
19
24
32
50
25
49
50
50
25
43
50
50
23
39
50
50
22
37
50
50
19
28
37
46
26
38
50
There is given max. attenuation values of 50 dB in the table
above.
40
31
5
5
12
[m
25
v[
11
10
50
0
15
100
20
0
Δpt [Pa/m]
80
10
63
Technical data
Ød1 nom
mm
Updated 06-12-2012
SLCU 50
1
l
Ødy
Description
Fire classes without protective distance: EI 30, E 120
Fire classes with protective distance to (According to Swedish regulations):
evacuation person:
3 kW/m²EI 120 at distance 50 mm
combustible materials:
Insulation thickness 50 mm.
0
5
31
4
10
[m
m]
40
0
0
1
25
5
5
Ød
0
20
v[
m
16
/s]
12
10
50
5
80
15
100
10
0
Δpt [Pa/m]
63
Technical data
3
Ød1
2
3
Ød1
nom
mm
lnom
mm
63
63
80
80
80
80
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
315
315
315
300
600
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
[Hz]
4
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
Ødy
mm
0
0
5
5
5
6
2
4
5
6
2
3
4
5
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
0
1
1
39
49
29
50
50
50
25
49
50
50
20
40
50
50
15
29
43
50
11
23
34
45
16
23
30
9
12
16
40
49
23
48
50
50
20
34
48
50
15
22
30
38
8
14
20
26
5
9
13
18
8
10
12
4
6
7
24
33
16
24
32
40
11
17
23
29
10
14
17
21
8
11
15
19
5
8
10
13
6
8
10
5
7
9
170
170
190
190
190
190
210
210
210
210
235
235
235
235
270
270
270
270
325
325
325
325
365
365
365
427
427
427
6
5
5
7
9
11
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
3
4
5
2
4
5
2
3
3
11
15
8
12
17
21
6
11
15
19
6
9
12
15
4
7
10
13
5
7
8
10
7
8
9
6
7
8
18
25
15
26
37
49
14
24
34
45
13
23
33
43
10
19
28
37
8
16
24
31
13
20
26
11
16
22
28
48
28
41
50
50
21
36
50
50
16
30
45
50
12
27
42
50
10
21
32
43
17
26
35
14
22
30
l
mm
m
kg
300
600
300
600
900
1200
360
660
960
1260
365
665
965
1265
375
675
975
1275
385
685
985
1285
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
1,55
2,55
1,92
3,14
4,61
5,73
2,28
4,09
5,18
6,46
2,66
4,39
6,20
7,47
2,98
5,37
7,48
9,23
4,11
6,90
9,74
12,0
8,55
11,7
15,0
11,3
15,6
20,3
There is given max. attenuation values of 50 dB in the table
above.
* Supplied with two loose couplings ( Type NPU).
2
1
0.5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
NPU
0.1
10
50
50
100
100
500
500
1 000
14
5 000 10 000 [l/s]
1 000
5 000 10 000
[m3/h]
qv
15
Order code
Product
SLCU
aaa
bbbb
50
16
SLCU
Connection dim. Ød1
63 - 400 mm
NPU
NPU
17
300 - 1200 mm
50
18
Example: SLCU - 200 - 1200 - 50
Updated 15-11-2012
147
PVD 50
1
Ødy
2
Ød1 nom
lnom
3
4
Ød1
nom
5
6
7
8
Description
PVD 50 is a circular straight silencer.
Fulfils tightness class C.
Attenuation material is Acutec® (Polyester).
Flanges on request.
Technical data
Δpt [Pa/m]
0
0
1
[m
m]
25
0
0
16
12
6
50
3
5
0
40
0
5
5
4
10
11
Ød
31
20
15
20
/s]
v [m
10
10
10
9
8
7
50
5
100
80
63
9
2
2
12
1
0,5
13
0,2
0,1
1
2
3
5
10
20 30 50
100
200
500
2000
1000
14
10000
5000 q [l/s]
v
63
63
80
80
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
250
250
250
315
315
315
400
400
400
400
500
500
500
500
[Hz]
Length
lnom
63 125 250 500 1k 2k 4k 8k
300
600
300
600
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
300
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
600
900
1200
1500
600
900
1200
1500
0
0
0
0
1
2
4
6
1
1
3
5
0
1
3
4
0
1
2
3
1
1
2
0
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
15
Order code
16
17
Product
PVD
aaa
bbbb
50
PVD
63 - 500 mm
300 - 1500 mm
18
50
Example: PVD - 125 - 600 -50
148
7
10
5
9
3
7
10
12
2
5
7
10
3
5
7
8
3
4
5
6
3
4
6
2
3
4
2
3
3
4
1
2
3
3
15
18
11
14
7
11
16
20
5
9
13
16
4
7
10
13
5
6
9
11
5
7
12
4
5
7
3
5
6
8
3
4
5
6
17
24
12
18
10
16
23
29
8
14
19
23
6
11
14
19
8
10
12
16
8
11
19
7
9
12
5
9
11
14
5
9
11
12
22
27
20
25
17
26
34
42
16
23
32
38
14
21
27
33
16
20
24
29
17
22
32
16
20
25
13
15
19
23
8
11
15
18
22
35
20
32
21
34
43
45
17
27
40
42
9
17
22
28
17
20
23
28
14
20
47
9
13
16
9
11
14
16
9
12
13
16
14
25
10
17
11
21
30
35
10
17
25
30
7
12
16
19
10
12
15
18
10
14
36
9
11
14
8
11
13
14
7
9
11
14
14
23
8
15
11
16
22
28
8
13
19
22
6
12
14
17
10
12
13
15
8
12
28
8
12
15
6
9
11
13
3
5
6
8
Ødy
mm
m
kg
163
163
180
180
197
197
197
197
220
220
220
220
276
276
276
276
302
302
302
302
352
352
352
417
417
417
505
505
505
505
605
605
605
605
1,45
2,35
1,60
2,65
1,90
3,20
4,50
5,90
2,20
3,60
5,10
6,50
2,80
4,60
6,40
8,40
3,30
5,30
7,30
9,40
6,40
8,80
12,0
7,80
11,0
13,0
13,0
18,0
22,0
27,0
15,0
22,0
27,0
33,0
Circular straight low-built silencer
LRCA
b
Ød1
1
2
l
a
3
[Hz]
Ød1
mm
l
mm
a x b
mm mm
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
100
500
210
158
8
12
12
23
44
45
30
18
3,17
100
1000
210
158
17
18
25
41
50
50
50
32
5,55
125
500
239
181
8
9
11
21
36
36
23
14
3,85
125
1000
239
181
17
14
21
38
50
50
45
23
6,89
160
500
275
218
6
7
10
18
28
24
13
10
4,40
Description
160
1000
275
218
9
10
19
36
50
49
24
17
7,90
Straight silencer with circular connection and low installation
height.
200
500
328
254
5
6
9
16
22
17
7
7
5,74
200
1000
328
254
11
13
15
30
46
36
14
12
10,1
250
500
390
308
5
4
8
16
19
13
6
6
7,24
250
1000
390
308
11
7
14
31
41
26
12
9
13,0
LRCA dimensions make it particularly suitable for installation above suspended ceilings or where space is otherwise
limited.
4
m
kg
315
500
453
372
3
4
7
13
15
8
4
5
9,15
315
1000
453
372
8
8
13
26
33
18
9
9
16,4
5
6
7
8
NB! Max. attenuation specified is 50 dB.
Technical data
9
500 mm
Δpt [Pa]
50
100
125
160
200 250 315
400
10
20
11
10
5
12
2
1
10
50
500
100
1000
5000
qv [l/s]
13
1000 mm
Δpt [Pa]
50
100
125
160
200 250 315
400
14
20
15
10
5
Order code
Product
LRCA
16
2
LRCA
aaa
bbbb
1
10
50
Ød1 = 100 - 400 mm
100
500
1000
5000
qv [l/s]
17
Length in mm
l = 500 - 1000 mm
18
Example: LRCA - 125 - 1000
149
LRCB
2
b
Ød1
1
l
a
3
[Hz]
4
5
6
7
8
9
Ød1
mm
l
mm
a x b
mm mm
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
m
kg
63
300
160
70
1
4
10
14
18
27
20
18
1,20
63
600
160
70
1
8
12
21
28
42
35
28
2,00
80
300
180
90
0
4
8
10
15
22
12
9
1,40
80
600
180
90
1
4
11
16
24
37
22
16
2,50
100
500
210
158
3
10
9
18
33
50
22
14
3,17
Description
100
1000
210
158
10
17
16
33
50
50
42
24
5,55
height.
125
500
239
181
5
6
7
16
28
38
17
11
3,85
125
1000
239
181
7
12
14
32
50
50
31
18
6,89
LRCB dimensions makes it particularly suitable for installation above suspended ceilings or where space is otherwise
limited.
LRCB is produced with a perforated inner tube. The LRCB
has a fiber cloth between the inner tube and the insulation
material in order to avoid tearing the mineral wool.
160
500
275
218
5
5
7
15
26
23
11
9
4,40
160
1000
275
218
7
7
12
25
48
39
18
13
7,90
200
500
328
254
5
3
6
13
24
17
9
7
5,74
200
1000
328
254
11
5
12
24
43
30
14
12
10,1
250
500
390
308
6
3
5
12
20
12
6
6
7,24
250
1000
390
308
9
5
8
21
38
21
10
10
13,0
315
500
453
372
4
2
4
11
17
8
5
6
9,15
315
1000
453
372
7
4
7
18
32
14
9
10
16,4
10
80
[m
m]
5
0
40
31
5
25
5
4
10
13
1
0
0
16
/s]
[m
12
Ød
0
10
10
50
20
15
0
11
100
12
5
Δpt [Pa/m]
63
Technical data
3
2
1
0.5
14
0.1
10
15
16
50
100
Order code
LRCB
aaa
bbbb
LRCB
Ød1 = 63 - 400 mm
Length in mm
18
l = 300 - 1000 mm
Example: LRCB - 125 - 1000
150
500
1000
5000 10000 [l/s]
[m3/h]
50
Product
17
100
500
1000
5000 10000
qv
KVDP
Dimensions and sound data,
Design 0, 1, 5 and 6
1
l
a
b
Ød1
2
3
Ød1
mm
l
mm
a x b
mm mm
63
300
162
63
600
80
300
80
[Hz]
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
m
kg
75
1
7
10
13
23
21
22
1,10
162
75
5
10
15
19
23
32
33
39
1,85
180
97
1
5
9
9
15
20
16
15
1,25
600
180
97
5
8
12
15
21
28
31
31
2,05
100
300
252
154
6
5
9
14
15
9
9
10
3,46
100
600
252
154
12
11
13
19
29
26
22
22
5,72
100
1000
252
154
16
14
18
28
39
36
34
38
8,91
125
300
263
177
7
4
7
15
12
8
11
10
3,50
125
600
263
177
12
8
10
20
28
20
20
19
6,10
125
1000
263
177
17
11
14
26
35
31
31
30
9,50
160
300
280
212
6
4
6
15
9
7
10
6
4,12
The KVDP comes in 6 different designs.
160
600
280
212
12
6
8
19
29
20
19
19
6,74
160
1000
280
212
15
10
12
25
31
27
27
22
10,1
200
300
361
253
5
3
7
13
8
6
6
6
5,82
Description
Silencer with circular connection and low installation height.
The silencer’s attenuation material is Acutec ® (polyester).
16
Design code:
200
600
361
253
7
6
11
20
18
12
11
12
8,55
0 = Basic attenuator of high quality without options mentioned below.
1 = Attenuation material covered by perforated plate.
5 = Openable attenuator, cleanable, used as access door,
attenuation material covered by perforated plate.
6 = Openable attenuator, attenuation material changeable
polyester fiber, used as access door.
7 = Attenuation material polyester fiber element.
8 = Openable attenuator, attenuation material polyester
fiber element, changeable attenuation element, used as
access door.
200
1000
361
253
10
10
15
25
31
21
18
19
12,3
250
600
431
303
6
6
11
20
14
13
12
10
10,7
250
1000
431
303
7
9
14
24
25
20
19
16
14,6
315
600
458
368
3
5
11
17
11
10
9
7
13,1
315
1000
458
368
4
8
13
24
20
16
14
10
18,0
*) NOTE !
Only Design 0 comes with small sizes Ød1 = 63 and 80 mm.
Order code
Product
KVDP
Ød1 = 63-630 mm
KVDP
aaa
bbbb
c
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Correction KWoct
Ød1
mm
11
Correction, KWoct (dB) for centre frequency [Hz]
63
125
250
500
1k
2k
4k
8k
63 *)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
80 *)
-
-
-
-
-
100
2
6
1
-2
-5
125
2
4
2
-1
160
5
4
1
-1
200
4
4
4
250
5
3
315
7
5
400
6
500
630
Tol.+/-
-
-
-14
-21
-35
-7
-12
-18
-31
-6
-10
-17
-30
-1
-9
-13
-20
-31
1
-2
-5
-10
-16
-28
2
-3
-5
-11
-17
-30
6
2
-1
-7
-14
-20
-35
-5
5
2
-1
-6
-12
-21
-34
5
5
2
-1
-6
-13
-19
-34
4
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
Sound power levels per octave band LWoct are calculated by
adding the octave band corrections Koct to the total power
level LWA from the graphs.
12
13
14
15
16
LWoct = LWA + Koct
17
Length in mm
l = 300-1250 mm
Design
0, 1, 5, 6, 7, 8
18
Example: KVDP - 125 - 1000 - 1
151
Technical data - Design 0, 1, 5 and 6
1
Length (l) 300 mm
2
3
4
5
6
7
Length (l) 600 mm
8
9
10
11
12
Length (l) 1000, 1250 mm
( Ød1 = 500, 630 => (l) =1250mm )
13
14
15
16
17
18
152
KVDP
KVDP
Dimensions and sound data,
Design 7 and 8
1
l
a
b
Ød1
2
3
Ød1
mm
l
mm
a x b
mm mm
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
m
kg
125
300
263
6
15
14
10
3,8
177
7
7
14
19
125
600
263
177
16
9
11
19
26
26
29
21
6,7
125
1000
263
177
17
12
15
26
36
37
40
34
10,5
160
300
280
212
4
6
6
11
16
10
8
9
4,5
160
600
280
212
14
8
10
16
23
24
18
21
7,5
160
1000
280
212
16
12
15
22
33
35
29
28
11,4
200
300
361
253
4
3
5
11
11
7
6
7
6,3
200
600
361
253
9
6
8
15
19
21
14
15
9,5
200
1000
361
253
10
8
12
20
25
25
21
21
13,9
4
5
6
7
Correction KWoct
Ød1
Correction, KWoct (dB) for centre frequency [Hz]
mm
63
125
250
500
1k
2k
4k
8k
125
-6
0
1
0
-6
-16
-25
-39
160
-3
1
3
3
-1
-9
-21
-37
200
4
4
5
4
-3
-10
-20
-29
Tol.+/-
6
6
4
3
4
4
6
6
Sound power levels per octave band LWoct are calculated by
adding the octave band corrections Koct to the total power
level LWA from the graphs.
LWoct = LWA + Koct
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
153
Technical data - design 7 and 8
1
Length (l) 300 mm
2
3
4
5
6
Length (l) 600 mm
7
8
9
10
11
12
Length (l) 1000 mm
13
14
15
16
17
18
154
KVDP
Circular straight eccentric silencer LRCEC
1
l
b
a
Ød1
b
2
3
a
4
[Hz]
Description
height.
LRCEC dimensions and eccentric placing of circular connections makes it particularly suitable for installation where
space is limited.
LRCEC is produced with a perforated inner tube. The
silencer has a fiber cloth between the inner tube and the
insulation material in order to avoid tearing the mineral wool.
Ød1
mm
l
mm
a x b
mm mm
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
m
kg
100
500
165
1
40
29
19
3,10
69
10
10
17
28
100
1000
165
69
7
16
15
29
45
45
46
27
5,30
125
500
190
82
9
10
8
15
24
36
18
11
3,50
125
1000
190
82
11
14
13
27
42
50
33
21
6,30
160
500
225
99
4
5
6
12
21
25
12
10
4,50
160
1000
225
99
8
9
10
21
35
46
22
17
7,45
5
6
7
NB! Max. attenuation specified is 50 dB.
Technical data
8
500 mm
Δpt [Pa]
100
50
125
160
9
20
10
10
5
Special materials and sizes, please contact Lindab sales.
2
1
1
5
10
50
100
500
qv [l/s]
11
12
1000 mm
Δpt [Pa]
100
50
125
160
13
20
10
5
14
2
1
1
5
Order code
Product
10
50
100
500
qv [l/s]
15
16
LRCEC
aaa
bbbb
LRCEC
17
Ød1 = 100 - 160 mm
Length in mm
l = 500 - 1000
18
Example: LRCEC - 100 - 500
Updated 2014-11-20
155
Circular curved silencer
BSLU 50
1
l
2
l
3
rm
4
Ød1
r m ≈ 1,5·d 1
Ødy
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Lack of space is a frequent problem in air treatment installations. This means that it is often difficult to find enough
straight lengths to install a straight silencer.
This problem can be eliminated by installing a curved
silencer.
For the same length, it mostly has better attenuation than
the equivalent straight silencer. In particular, you get better
attenuation at high frequencies (4 and 8 kHz).
l
mm
125
160
200
250
315
260
285
355
370
370
[Hz]
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
Ødy
mm
m
kg
3
1
0
1
1
33
29
24
22
17
26
25
24
27
20
22
21
20
20
16
235
270
310
365
427
3,34
4,22
6,31
10,7
11,4
2
2
2
2
2
Fulfils tightness class D.
6
6
5
6
7
14
14
15
17
19
22
23
29
31
20
Technical data
Δpt [Pa]
100
10
Ød1
nom
125
160 200 250 315 Ød1 [mm]
50
11
10
12
5
3
30
13
50
200
100
500
14
15
16
Order code
Product
BSLU
aaa
50
BSLU
17
Ød1 = 125 - 315 mm
18
50 mm
Example: BSLU - 200 - 50
156
500
1000
2000
1000
5000
5000 [l/s]
10000
[m3/h]
qv
Circular curved silencer
BSLCU 50
1
l
2
l
3
rm
4
Ød1
r m ≈ 1,5·d 1
Ødy
Description
Lack of space is a frequent problem in air treatment installations. This means that it is often difficult to find enough
straight lengths to install a straight silencer.
This problem can be eliminated by installing a curved
silencer.
For the same length, it mostly has better attenuation than
the equivalent straight silencer. In particular, you get better
attenuation at high frequencies (4 and 8 kHz).
Ød1
nom
l
mm
125
160
200
250
315
260
285
355
370
370
[Hz]
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
Ødy
mm
m
kg
3
1
0
1
1
33
29
24
22
17
26
25
24
27
20
22
21
20
20
16
235
270
310
365
427
3,34
4,22
6,31
9,74
13,6
2
2
2
2
2
Fire classes with protective distance to:
6
6
5
6
7
14
14
15
17
19
22
23
29
31
20
6
7
8
Technical data
Δpt [Pa]
100
Fire classes without protective distance: EI 30, E 120
5
9
125
160 200 250 315 Ød1 [mm]
10
50
evacuation person:
3 kW/m² EI 120 at distance 50 mm
11
10
combustible materials:
12
5
3
30
50
200
100
500
Fulfils tightness class D.
500
1000
2000
1000
5000
5000 [l/s]
10000
[m3/h]
qv
13
14
15
16
Order code
Product
BSLCU
aaa
50
BSLCU
17
Ød1 = 125 - 315 mm
50 mm
18
Example: BSLCU - 200 - 50
157
Valves and Grilles
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
Supply and exhaust air
1
KSUB....................................................197
Valves
AIRY ..................................................... 163
KPF.......................................................200
2
3
Supply air
KDPF ....................................................203
Diffusers
VVTK .................................................... 167
4
No air
VVTKR.................................................. 169
5
Sockets
VRFU ....................................................205
6
VTTB .................................................... 170
VRFM....................................................206
7
SHH ..................................................... 172
VRGU ...................................................207
8
Valves
VRGM ...................................................208
KPT ...................................................... 174
9
VRR ......................................................209
KI.......................................................... 177
10
KIR ....................................................... 180
11
12
Grilles
Grilles
Exhaust air
B3020 ...................................................210
Valves
13
14
KVB ...................................................... 185
B ...........................................................212
C20 .......................................................214
KVG...................................................... 188
G20.......................................................216
15
KU ........................................................ 191
16
GGR......................................................218
F20 .......................................................219
KSU...................................................... 194
17
A1 .........................................................221
18
159
Air valves
Control and function
1
2
3
Air valves are usedfor supplyof air, and exhaust of rather
smallquantitiesofair.Airvalvesareoftenusedinhousing, andin
officebathrooms,schools etc., wherethereisno needfor an
advanced ventilation solution.
The air valves are usuallymounteddirectlyin the air-duct system without use of aplenumbox.
Lindab air valves
4
Lindabsprogramme ofair valves containboth valvesfor supply air and exhaust air.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
160
Overview diffusers, valves and cover
1
Connects to
2
Unit
Socket with thread for
units with bayonet
holder
3
VVTK
4
5
Socket with
groove for
units with
spring holder
Cover
socket with
groove for
units with
wire spring
holder
VRFU
VRFM
VRR
VRFU
VRFM
VRR
VTTB
Diffuser
SHH
Diffuser
IL
Duct
Supply air
8
IL
KPT
KI
Duct/
Fittings
Valve
9
VRGU
VRGM
VRGU
VRGM
Valve
10
11
KIR
Valve
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
161
Duct/
Fitting
Diffuser
6
7
Smooth
socket for
units with
plate spring
holder
Connects to
Unit
Socket with thread for
units with bayonet
holder
Socket with
groove for
units with
spring holder
VRFU
KVB
1
Cover
socket with
groove for
units with
wire spring
holder
VRFM
Smooth
socket for
units with
plate spring
holder
Duct/
Fitting
2
3
VRR
Valve
4
VRGU
KDPF
KVG
Ø 100–
160
VRGM
VRFU
VRFM
VRR
Valve
5
VRFU
VRFM
VRR
6
Valve
7
Exhaust air
VRGU
KVG
Ø 200
KU
KSU
VRGM
Valve
8
VRGU
VRGM
VRGU
VRGM
9
Valve
10
Valve
11
KSUB
Valve
and fire
damper
VRGU
VRGM
12
13
IL
KPF
Duct/
Fittings
Valve
14
15
16
17
18
162
Valve – Supply and exhaust air
AIRY
Dimensions
Ød
ØD
1
Ød
nom
Ød
mm
ØD
mm
3
m
kg
100
90
131
0,26
125
114
156
0,33
160
149
191
0,43
AIRYFP BOW
2
AIRYFP SQUA
4
5
AIRYFP ROUN
B
The valve consists of two parts; the valve body (AIRYB) and
the flat front plate (AIRYFP).
The valve body is fixed to the duct system or a valve socket
via flexible spring wings.
The front plate is attached to the valve body via springs.
B
AIRYFP ELLI
6
A
A
The valve is designed for installation at a wall or in a ceiling.
It can be used for new-build and for replacement.
Its smart grip function ensures an easy installation.
Its unique sound data ensure an optimum sound level.
A
Description
B
7
AIRYFP RECT
A
There are 5 standard front plate shapes:
ROUN – a circle,
BOW – a square with sligthly bulged edges,
SQUA – a square,
ELLI – an super ellipse.
RECT – a rectangle,
Special shapes are possible on request.
It is recommended that the valve is mounted in the frame
ILVRU. The product will also fit in the valve frames VRGU,
VRGM, VRFU, VRFM and the products BU GJUT, and TCPU
GJUT.
The valve body has to cover the brim of the product it is fitted into. Therefor the maximum diameter of the brim for
Ø100 is 133,5 mm, for Ø125 is 152,5 mm and for Ø160 is
187,5 mm.
A
8
9
B
Maintenance
The visible parts can be wiped off with a damp cloth.
B
Ød
nom
A
mm
B
mm
Type
m
kg
100
140
140
BOW
0,17
100
140
210
ELLI
0,21
100
140
140
ROUN
0,13
100
140
210
RECT
0,24
100
140
140
SQUA
0,17
125
165
165
BOW
0,22
125
165
248
ELLI
0,29
125
165
165
ROUN
0,18
125
165
248
RECT
0,33
125
165
165
SQUA
0,23
160
210
210
BOW
0,34
Ordering example
160
210
315
ELLI
0,44
NOTE! Both the valve body and the front plate have to be
specified in order to get a complete valve.
160
210
210
ROUN
0,28
160
210
315
RECT
0,53
160
210
210
SQUA
0,35
AIRYB
100
9003
Airy body
Dimension Ød
Colour
+
AIRYFP
Front plate
Dimension Ød
Colour
Type
100
9003
BOW
Material:
Colour:
Galvanized sheet metal.
White RAL 9003, gloss 30 or
white RAL 9010, gloss 30.
Special colours are available on request.
It is also possible to paint the frontplate with standard wall
paint or to cover it with wallpaper.
10-06-2014
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
163
AIRY
Technical data
1
2
3
Capacity
Air flow qv [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure Δpt [Pa], throw l0.2
[m] and sound power level LWA [dB(A)] can be seen in the
graphs.
Frequency-related sound power level
The sound power level in the frequency band is defined as
LWA+Kok. Kok values are specified in charts beneath the
graphs on the following pages.
Throw l0.2
Throw l0.2 [m] can be seen in the graphs for isothermal air, at
a terminal velocity of 0,2 m/s.
l0.2 [m]
5
Airy-100
5
8
10
13
18
4
3
4
Sound attenuation
Sound attenuation of the diffusers ΔL from duct to room,
including end reflection, see table below.
5
6
7
8
2
Centre frequency
[Hz]
Ød
nom
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
100
22
18
13
11
9
8
7
8
l0.2 [m]
125
20
16
11
9
9
7
6
5
160
18
14
10
9
9
7
6
6
Balancing
Balancing data is contained in a separate brochure.
1
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
3
qV [m /h]
20
l0.2 [m]
5
30
40
50
60
70 80
100
Airy-125
150
4
7
9
12
17
4
3
9
2
10
l0.2 [m]
1
5
11
12
10
20
l0.2 [m]
5
30
15
40
50
20
60
30
70 80
40
100
50
150
Airy-160
4
7
9
qV [l/s]
60
3
qV [m /h]
200
12
17
4
3
13
2
14
l0.2 [m]
15
1
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60 70 80
3
qV [m /h]
20
30
40
16
17
18
164
10-06-2014
50
60 70 80
100
150
200
AIRY
Technical data
1
Supply air
ǻpt [Pa] Airy-100
250
200
5
8
2
a [mm]
10
13
150
18
3
100
70
40
50
35
30
30
4
25
20
15
20
10
7
5
LWA dB(A)
5
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
3
qV [m /h]
20
30
40
50
60
70
100
Hz
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
Kok
0
-6
0
1
-7
-13
-17
-21
7
9
ǻpt [Pa] Airy-125
250
200
4
6
150
7
12 a [mm]
8
150
17
100
40
70
9
35
50
30
30
25
20
15
10
20
10
7
LWA dB(A)
5
11
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
3
qV [m /h]
20
30
40
50
60
70
100
150
200
Hz
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
Kok
4
-6
-1
0
-6
-11
-15
-15
ǻpt [Pa] Airy-160
250
200
4
7
12
12 a [mm]
9
13
150
17
100
14
40
70
35
50
30
30
15
25
20
20
15
10
7
16
LWA dB(A)
5
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60 70 80
3
qV [m /h]
20
30
40
50
60 70
100
150
200
Hz
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
Kok
4
-4
-1
-1
-6
-10
-13
-13
17
18
10-06-2014
165
Technical data
1
2
Exhaust air
ǻpt [Pa] Airy-100
250
200
5
8
a [mm]
10
13
150
3
100
18
70
50
4
40
30
35
20
30
15
5
25
10
20
7
LWA dB(A)
5
5
6
20
7
8
10
30
15
40
50
20
60
30
70
qV [l/s]
50
3
qV [m /h]
40
100
150
Hz
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
Kok
8
-11
-3
0
-7
-9
-15
-15
ǻpt [Pa] Airy-125
250
200
4
7
9
150
17
100
40
70
9
a [mm]
12
35
50
30
25
30
20
20
10
15
10
7
11
LWA dB(A)
5
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60
3
qV [m /h]
20
12
13
30
40
50
60
70
100
150
200
Hz
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
Kok
8
-9
-3
-3
-5
-6
-17
-21
7
9
ǻpt [Pa] Airy-160
250
200
4
a [mm]
12
150
14
17
100
40
70
35
50
15
30
25
30
20
20
15
10
16
7
LWA dB(A)
5
qV [l/s]
5
10
15
20
30
40
50
60 70 80
3
17
18
166
qV [m /h]
20
30
40
50
60 70
100
150
200
Hz
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
Kok
11
-8
-2
-2
-4
-10
-19
-17
10-06-2014
AIRY
Diffuser supply air
VVTK
Dimensions
1
l
3
Ød
a
Ø 135–145
2
4
5
Description
Diffuser for supply air.
Designed for wall mounting.
Spring holders connect to socket VRFU, VRFM or VRR.
Ød
nom
100
125 *
l
mm
90
90
6
m
kg
0,31
0,31
7
* For Ø125 the outer part of the brim of the socket is visible.
If this is not acceptable the cover plate VVTKR can be used
to hide the brim.
8
9
Material
Coated galvanized sheet metal.
Colour
White RAL 9010, gloss 30, equivalent to NCS S 0502 Y.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VVTK
100
Product
Dimension Ød
18
167
Diffuser supply air
VVTK
Technical data
2
3
Air flow, q [l/s] and [m3/h],
total pressure drop, Δpt [Pa],
throw length, l0,2 [m], and
A-weighted sound power level, LWA [dB], for different
settings, a [mm],
are shown in the graph.
Ø 100
a [mm]
200
6,0
8
6
10
12
5,0
100
45
4,0
Note! The A-weighted sound power level, LWA, will increase
by 3 dB when the valve is mounted in a bend.
Δ pt [Pa]
1
l0,2 [m]
50
40
3,0
35
30
4
5
6
Sound power level, LWok [dB], in octave bands
is calculated as LWA + Kok.
Kok is found in the table below.
10
Ød
Diffuser
nom mounted in
100
125
Duct
Duct
63
-2
-2
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K
-7
-7
-4
-4
-7
-7
-7
-4
-4
-7
25
20
5
20
10
20
4K
-10
-10
8K
-14
-14
LWA [dB(A)]
9
10
11
Ø 125
a [mm]
6,0
8
6
10
12
5,0
Sound attenuation, ΔL, [dB]
100
45
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
125 250 500
1K
2K
4K
8K
100
Duct
24
20
18
12
10
10
10
10
125
Duct
24
20
18
12
10
10
10
10
Air jet diffusion pattern
Maximum vertical width, bv = 0,1 × l0,2 m
Maximum horizontal width, bh = 0,6 × l0,2 m
Δ pt [Pa]
Ød
Diffuser
nom mounted in
l0,2 [m]
50
40
3,0
35
30
25
20
10
5
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
20
50
13
14
15
16
17
18
30
100
q
Measurement of air flow
Data is available in a separate brochure.
12
168
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
q
4,0
8
40
100
200
7
30
50
40
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
Cover plate
VVTKR
Dimensions
1
Ød
Ø92
Ø155
2
3
4
6
Description
5
Ød
mm
125
Plate to cover the outer part of the brim of the socket.
6
m
kg
0,07
7
Material
Cover plate together with valve VVTK Ø125
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VVTKR
125
Product
Dimension Ød
18
169
Diffuser supply air
VTTB
Dimensions
1
Ød
2
l
3
a
4
ØD
5
6
Description
7
Designed with a prolonged neck for ceiling mounting. Is
equipped with a fixed blanking-off segment for preventing
the air flow in a desired direction.
Ød
nom
100
125
160
8
9
10
Material
Colour
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VTTB
18
170
125
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
155
185
226
l
mm
70
76
83
m
kg
0,44
0,60
0,85
Diffuser supply air
VTTB
Technical data
settings, a [mm],
are shown in the graphs.
Ød
Diffuser
nom mounted in
100
125
160
Duct
Duct
Duct
63
-2
-1
1
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K
-7
-7
-4
-5
-5
-2
-3
-3
-4
-7
2
-2
-2
-4
-9
100
Δ pt [Pa]
6
100
125
160
Duct
Duct
Duct
45
3,0
35
30
4
20
25
10
4K
-13
-13
-14
8K
-20
-16
-9
5
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
20
8K
11
9
8
5
50 [l/s]
40
180 [m3/h]
100
6
a [mm]
Ø 125
4
5
6
8 10 12
7,0
6,0
100
4K
11
9
7
30
50
q
l0,2 [m]
16
7
45
5,0
40
4,0
8
50
35
30
9
20
25
10
5
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
20
50
30
80 [l/s]
50
40
[m3/h]
200
100
Maximum vertical width, bv = 0,1 × l0,2 m
10
q
a [mm]
Ø 160
5
200
8
10 12
16
20
11
5,0
12
4,0
100
l0,2 [m]
45
3,0
Δ pt [Pa]
3
40
Δ pt [Pa]
63
25
25
26
2
16
50
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K
22
17
13
12
11
20
15
12
11
9
17
13
12
11
7
12
10
4,0
200
Ød
Diffuser
nom mounted in
8
5,0
l0,2 [m]
5
4
200
Note! The A-weighted sound power level, LWA, will increase
by 3 dB when the valve is mounted in a bend.
1
a [mm]
Ø 100
40
50
13
35
30
20
14
25
LWA [dB(A)]
10
10
15
20
40
40
30
100
100
50
200
300
130 [l/s]
400 [m3/h]
15
q
16
17
18
171
Diffuser
SHH
Dimensions
1
3
156
Ød
2
4
52
215
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Designed for wall mounting.
Fits in duct. Equipped with a single lip rubber gasket.
Material
Coated sheet metal.
Colour
White RAL 9010, gloss 30.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
SHH
18
172
100
Product
Dimension Ød
Ød
mm
100
125
m
kg
0,60
0,60
Diffuser
SHH
Technical data
1
Air flow, q [l/s] and [m³/h],
settings, n [number of open rows],
are shown in the graph.
Ø 100
[Pa]
200
2
5
The setting is made by sealing off rows of holes with tape on
the front's inside.
100
4
6
8
Δ pt
2
n [#]
4
3
l0,2 [m]
40
3
12
6
50
35
LWA [dB]
4
30
2
25
20
Ød
Diffuser
nom mounted in
100
125
63
-2
-4
Duct
Duct
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K
-2
-1
1
0
-4
-4
-3
-2
-2
-2
5
4K
-13
-1
10
8K
-14
-7
1
5
5
10
50
10
100 [l/s]
50
100
6
[m³/h]
q
Ø 125
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
14 14
100
125
Duct
Duct
125 250 500
14
9
4
1K
2K
4K
8K
0
1
1
3
10 15
15
9
5
2
4
3
5
6
15
15
9
4
4
6
4
7
14 14
14
8
4
0
1
2
4
10 13
13
8
4
1
4
3
5
6
13
8
5
3
6
5
7
13
4
6
8
12
n [#]
6
100
8
4
40
l0,2 [m]
35
3
50
30
9
LWA [dB]
25
2
20
10
2
5
Δ pt
Ød
Diffuser n
nom mounted
in
7
[Pa]
200
10
1
10
5
50
50
10
100
100 [l/s]
11
[m³/h]
q
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
173
Valve
KPT
Dimensions
1
Ød
2
3
4
ØD
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
200
Valve for supply air.
Designed for ceiling mounting.
Flat spring holders connect to duct.
Material
Plastic.
Colour
White RAL 9010.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KPT
18
174
125
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
118
148
180
203
246
m
kg
0,08
0,10
0,16
0,22
0,55
Valve
KPT
Technical data
total pressure drop, Δpt [Pa], and
settings, n [number of opening turns],
Ø 100
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Tolerance
6
8
Δ pt [Pa]
3
50
20
38
35
10
8,5
8,5
8,5
8
8
8
8
14
8
8
7,5
7
6,5
6
14,5
6,5
6
6
6
15,5
6,5
6
5,5
5,5
5,5
5
LWA [dB]
20
10
20
30
50
5
50 [l/s]
40
180
100
[m3/h]
q
6
number of opening turns
Ø 125
5 6 7 8 9
4
200
7
100
8
50
9
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
40
100
80 [l/s]
50
10
[m3/h]
200
11
q
Ø 160
8 10 12
6
200
12
100
±1
13
Δ pt [Pa]
40
2
4
Attenuation
ΔLA
[dB]
Δ pt [Pa]
100
Setting
n
[number of
opening
turns]
0
2
3
4
6
8
10
0
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
6
8
10
12
0
7
9
11
13
15
4
100
Sound attenuation, ΔLA, [dB]
Valve
mounted in
3
2
200
Sound power level, LWA [dB], A-weighted
is shown in the graphs.
Ød
nom
1
50
35
14
30
LWA [dB]
20
10
15
10
15
20
40
40
30
100
200
q
100
50
300
130 [l/s]
400 [m3/h]
16
17
18
175
Valve
1
KPT
Ø 200
7
11
9
15
13
200
2
100
3
Δ pt [Pa]
40
50
35
30
4
10
5
LWA [dB]
20
20
30
80
100
40
150
100
50
200
300
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
[m3/h]
q
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
176
Valve
KI
Dimensions
1
2
Ød
3
4
ØD
5
Description
Bayonet holders connect to socket VRGU, VRGL or VRGM.
Material
Powder-coated galvanized sheet metal.
Ød
nom
80
100
125
150
160
200
ØD
mm
111
130
160
190
190
245
6
m
kg
0,14
0,21
0,30
0,39
0,41
0,65
7
8
9
Colour
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KI
125
Product
Dimension Ød
18
177
Valve
KI
Technical data
2
3
4
5
6
settings, a [mm],
Ø 80
2
200
l0,2 [m]
a [mm]
6
4
2,0
12
1,5
100
Δ pt [Pa]
1
1,0
50
40
35
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
80
100
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Tolerance
63
–
–
–
–
–
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K
2
2
-1
-6 -14
2
2
-1
-6 -14
2
4
-2
-7 -14
6
5
-3
-9 -14
5
5
-2
-8 -16
–
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
20
4K
-25
-25
-25
-26
-24
±2
8K
-37
-37
-37
-36
-36
30
LWA [dB(A)]
10
2
5
10
30 [l/s]
20
10
20
100 [m3/h]
50
q
Ø 100
2
200
±3
a [mm]
9
6
4
2,5
7
l0,2 [m]
12
2,0
100
9
80
Setting
a
[mm]
Duct
10
100
11
12
13
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Tolerance
2
6
12
2
6
12
3
7
12
4
9
20
5
9
20
63
26
24
24
22
22
22
20
19
19
18
18
18
17
16
15
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K
20 15 14 11 8 10 9
19 13 11 8 5 8 6
19 13 10 6 4 5 6
19 14 12 11 12 10 12
17 11 9 8 9 6 9
17 11 8 6 7 4 7
17 12 11 9 9 8 8
15 10 8 7 7 5 5
15 9 7 5 5 4 4
14 10 10 10 10 8 8
13 9 8 7 7 6 6
13 8 7 6 5 5 5
13 10 9 11 10 9 9
12 8 8 9 9 8 7
11 7 6 7 6 7 6
±6 ±3 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±3
14
15
Δ pt [Pa]
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
50
40
35
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
40
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
100
q
Ø 125
3
200
5
9
7
a [mm]
12
4,0
15
3,0
100
l0,2 [m]
40
2,0
50
35
30
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
5
20
10
20
50
17
18
30
100
q
16
178
LWA [dB(A)]
30
20
Δ pt [Pa]
8
1,5
40
50
200
80 [l/s]
[m3/h]
Valve
KI
a [mm]
Ø 160
4
200
9
6
1
15
12
4,0
20
3,5
l0,2 [m]
Δ pt [Pa]
100
2
3,0
40
50
3
35
30
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
4
10
15
20
40
30
40
100
100
50
300
200
130 [l/s]
5
400 [m3/h]
q
Ø 200
5
200
6
9
12
15
6
a [mm]
20
4,5
l0,2 [m]
100
7
4,0
Δ pt [Pa]
3,5
40
8
35
50
LWA [dB(A)]
30
9
20
10
20
30
80
100
40
150
100
50
200
300
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
179
Valve
KIR
Dimensions
1
Ød
2
3
4
ØD
5
6
Description
7
Equipped with a removable blanking-off sector plate for
preventing the air flow in a desired direction.
8
9
10
Ød
nom
100
125
160
Material
Colour
Maintenance
The visible parts can be wiped with a damp cloth.
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KIR
18
180
100
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
135
165
205
m
kg
0,28
0,44
0,62
Valve
KIR
Technical data
1
Without sector plate
Maximal vertical width, bv [m]:
Air flow, q [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure drop, Δpt [Pa],
settings, a [mm],
Maximal vertical width, bv [m] and
Maximal horisontal width, bh [m],
are shown in the tables.
Setting
a
[mm]
±0 °C
-10 °C
4
bv = 0,04 · l02
bv = 0,064 · l02
12
bv = 0,04 · l02
bv = 0,075 · l02
bv
5
Maximal horisontal width, bh [m]:
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
100
Duct
–
-6
-2
-3
-5
-8
-9
-15
Setting
a
125
Duct
–
0
1
-1
-5
-15
-21
-33
[mm]
±0 °C
-10 °C
-36
4
bh = 2 · l02
bh = 2 · l02
12
bh = 2 · l02
bh = 2 · l02
160
Duct
Tolerance
–
–
3
±3
2
-1
±2
±2
-6
±2
-15
±2
3
4
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
2
Supply air temperature difference
Δt
-23
±2
6
Δt
7
±3
8
9
bh
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
125 250 500
1K
2K
4K
100
Duct
22
18
13
11
9
8
7
8K
8
125
Duct
20
16
11
9
9
7
6
5
160
Duct
18
14
10
9
9
7
6
6
Tolerance
±6
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
±3
l0,2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
181
Valve
1
KIR
Ø 100
a [mm]
2
200
2,0
2
l0,2 [m]
100
6
9
2,5
12
1,5
40
Δ pt [Pa]
3
4
1,0
50
35
LWA [dB(A)]
30
4
5
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
50 [l/s]
40
180 [m3/h]
100
q
6
Ø 125
200
3,5
3,0
7
15
Δ pt [Pa]
100
8
a [mm]
9
12
6
4
2,5
40
2,0
50
35
l0,2 [m]
30
1,5
9
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
40
80 [l/s]
50
[m3/h]
200
100
q
11
a [mm]
Ø 160
200
15
Δ pt [Pa]
2,0
l0,2 [m]
40
50
1,5
35
30
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
10
40
16
15
20
100
14
10
3,0
2,5
12
13
6
4
15
20
40
30
100
100
50
200
300
130 [l/s]
400 [m3/h]
q
17
18
182
Valve
KIR
Technical data
1
With sector plate
Maximal vertical width, bv [m]:
Air flow, q [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure drop, Δpt [Pa],
settings, a [mm],
Maximal vertical width, bv [m] and
Maximal horisontal width, bh [m],
are shown in the tables.
Setting
a
[mm]
±0 °C
-10 °C
4
bv = 0,04 · l02
bv = 0,064 · l02
12
bv = 0,04 · l02
bv = 0,075 · l02
bv
5
Maximal horisontal width, bh [m]:
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
100
Duct
–
-2
-2
-4
-6
-8
-8
-16
Setting
a
125
Duct
–
-1
-1
-1
-4
-12
-19
-33
[mm]
±0 °C
-10 °C
-35
4
bh = 1,45 · l02
bh = 1,15 · l02
12
bh = 1,45 · l02
bh = 1,09 · l02
160
Duct
Tolerance
–
–
3
±3
0
±2
-2
±2
-5
±2
-10
±2
3
4
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
2
Δt
-21
±2
6
Δt
7
±3
8
9
bh
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
125 250 500
1K
2K
4K
100
Duct
22
18
13
11
9
8
7
8K
8
125
Duct
20
16
11
9
9
7
6
5
160
Duct
18
14
10
9
9
7
6
6
Tolerance
±6
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
±3
l0,2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
183
Valve
1
KIR
Ø 100
a [mm]
2
200
4
5
4
3
2
9 12
6
l0,2 [m]
100
2
3
Δ pt [Pa]
40
1,5
50
30
4
5
35
LWA [dB(A)]
1,0
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
50 [l/s]
40
180 [m3/h]
100
q
6
Ø 125
4
200
4
7
3
Δ pt [Pa]
100
8
9
40
l0,2 [m]
50
35
2
30
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
80 [l/s]
50
[m3/h]
200
q
a [mm]
Ø 160
200
4
Δ pt [Pa]
100
10
6
4
12
15 20
5
3
l0,2 [m]
40
50
35
2
30
14
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
1,5
10
40
16
40
100
11
15
LWA [dB(A)]
1,5
10
13
a [mm]
9 1215
6
15
20
40
30
100
100
50
200
300
130 [l/s]
400 [m3/h]
q
17
18
184
Valve
KVB
Dimensions
1
3
Ød
ØD
2
4
5
Description
Valve for exhaust air.
Designed for wall or ceiling mounting.
Ød
nom
100
125
160
ØD
mm
125
150
190
6
m
kg
0,27
0,36
0,54
7
8
Material
9
Colour
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KVB
125
Product
Dimension Ød
18
185
Valve
KVB
Technical data
2
3
4
5
6
settings, a [mm],
Ø 100 mounted in duct
100
125
160
Duct
Bend 90°
T-piece
Duct
Bend 90°
T-piece
Duct
T-piece
63
6
6
6
13
13
13
14
14
125
2
2
2
-2
-2
-2
0
0
Centre frequency
[Hz]
250 500 1K 2K
-8
-6
-3
1
-8
-6
-3
1
-8
-6
-3
1
-8
-5
-5
-1
-8
-5
-5
-1
-8
-5
-5
-1
-1
-4
-3
-8
-1
-4
-3
-8
40
30
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
8K
-16
-16
-16
-16
-16
-16
-18
-18
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
100
q
Ø 100 mounted in bend 90°
-11
a [mm]
-9
0
-6
125
160
Duct
Bend 90°
T-piece
Duct
Bend 90°
T-piece
Duct
T-piece
63
25
30
25
24
29
24
22
22
125
22
27
22
20
25
20
18
18
100
Centre frequency
[Hz]
250 500 1K 2K
18
14
20
21
19
16
17
23
18
14
20
21
12
11
15
17
13
13
12
19
12
11
15
17
16
12
14
10
16
12
14
10
6
4K
9
12
9
7
10
7
9
9
8K
10
13
10
7
10
7
8
8
45
40
Δ pt [Pa]
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
100
50
35
LWA [dB(A)]
30
25
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
40
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
100
q
Ø 100 mounted in T-piece
12
40
200
9
11
6
20
4K
-11
-11
-11
-12
-12
-12
-16
-16
10
0
35
7
8
-6
100
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
a [mm]
-9
-11
200
Δ pt [Pa]
1
-11
200
a [mm]
-9
-6
0
6
40
100
35
Δ pt [Pa]
13
30
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
14
20
15
10
5
50
q
16
17
18
186
20
10
20
30
100
40
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
Valve
KVB
mounted in duct
Ø 125
-12
0
-6
mounted in duct
Ø 160
a [mm]
-18
a [mm]
-24
6
-18
-12
-6
0
1
6
200
200
45
100
100
45
Δ pt [Pa]
Δ pt [Pa]
35
35
50
30
LWA [dB(A)]
25
2
40
40
30
50
3
25
LWA [dB(A)]
20
20
10
4
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
200
100
10
80 [l/s]
50
40
15
20
100
50
100
130 [l/s]
5
400 [m3/h]
300
200
q
q
Ø 125
40
30
40
[m3/h]
a [mm]
mounted in bend 90°
-18
-12
-6
0
6
a [mm]
-24
6
-18
-12
-6
0
6
200
200
50
100
7
45
100
40
35
Δ pt [Pa]
Δ pt [Pa]
50
45
50
40
30
50
LWA [dB(A)]
35
20
20
LWA [dB(A)]
30
8
25
9
25
10
10
5
20
10
20
50
30
50
40
200
100
80 [l/s]
10
15
20
40
[m3/h]
40
30
100
100
50
200
300
400
130 [l/s]
[m3/h]
10
q
q
Ø 125
mounted in T-piece
11
a [mm]
-18
-12
-6
0
6
200
12
100
50
Δ pt [Pa]
45
13
40
50
35
30
25
LWA [dB(A)]
14
20
10
5
20
10
20
50
30
100
40
50
200
80 [l/s]
15
[m3/h]
q
16
17
18
187
Exhaust valve
KVG
Dimensions
1
ØD
2
3
4
l
5
6
Description
7
Ø 100–160 have spring holders which connect to socket
VRFU, VRFM or VRR.
Ø 200 has bayonet holders which connect to socket VRGU,
VRGL or VRGM.
8
9
10
Ød
nom
100
125
160
200
Material
Colour
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KVG
18
188
100
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
132
162
192
243
m
kg
0,18
0,25
0,37
0,59
Exhaust valve
KVG
Technical data
settings, a [mm],
100
125
160
200
Duct
Bend 90°
T-piece
Duct
T-piece
Duct
T-piece
Duct
63
4
-1
7
6
7
5
5
3
125
-4
-1
0
-1
0
-5
1
-2
Centre frequency
[Hz]
250 500 1K 2K
-4
-6
-7
-6
-7
-5
-3
-3
-5
-6
-7
-2
-3
-6
-7
-4
-2
-7
-6
-5
-4
-6
-3
-7
-5
-8
-6
-4
-5
-6
-2
-9
a [mm]
-9
-5
5
0
200
100
40
Δ pt [Pa]
35
50
3
30
LWA [dB(A)]
4K
-13
-16
-11
-16
-13
-18
-18
-16
8K
-18
-27
-21
-27
-24
-30
-29
-26
4
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
±6
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
180 [m3/h]
q
6
Ø 100 mounted in bend 90°
a [mm]
-9
-5
0
5
8
40
100
Bend 90°
T-piece
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
63
23
22
22
25
24
24
23
22
22
21
20
19
19
18
18
17
17
15
30
25
8K
16
10
8
15
11
11
16
10
8
14
7
8
13
8
6
12
8
7
10
5
50
9
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
20
30
50 [l/s]
40
10
180 [m3/h]
100
q
11
a [mm]
-9
-5
0
5
200
8
12
12
45
100
13
40
50
35
30
14
LWA [dB(A)]
25
20
10
8
35
50
20
Δ pt [Pa]
Duct
-12
0
8
-12
0
8
-12
0
8
-17
-6
5
-18
5
6
-20
0
20
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K 4K
19 14 14 12 11 13
16 9 8 6 6 6
16 9 7 5 5 4
20 15 13 12 12 12
17 11 7 6 7 6
17 11 6 5 5 5
19 14 14 12 11 13
16 9 8 6 6 6
16 9 7 5 5 4
15 12 10 8 8 11
14 10 7 5 5 6
14 9 6 4 4 4
14 10 8 7 9 13
13 8 6 5 5 10
12 7 5 4 4 10
14 9 8 8 10 11
12 7 5 5 6 8
12 6 5 3 4 8
Δ pt [Pa]
Setting
a
[mm]
7
12
±3
100
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
5
50 [l/s]
40
100
200
Tolerance
2
8
12
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
1
Ø 100 mounted in duct
15
5
20
10
20
50
q
30
100
40
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
16
17
18
189
Exhaust valve
1
mounted in duct
Ø 125
a [mm]
-17
200
2
KVG
-13
-6
-9
-3
0
5
a [mm]
-18
-14
-10
-5
0
6
200
10
45
15
100
18
45
40
100
35
50
35
Δ pt [Pa]
Δ pt [Pa]
40
3
30
30
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
20
4
10
5
5
20
10
20
30
50
LWA [dB(A)]
10
[m3/h]
200
100
10
80 [l/s]
50
40
20
15
20
40
100
200
7
a [mm]
-17
300
200
-13
-6
-9
5
-3 0
mounted in duct
Ø 200
10
-23
200
a [mm]
-18
-15
-10
-5
0
10
15
20
45
100
45
100
40
Δ pt [Pa]
Δ pt [Pa]
35
9
50
30
35
50
30
25
25
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
10
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
40
80 [l/s]
50
[m3/h]
200
100
LWA [dB(A)]
20
20
30
80
100
mounted in duct
Ø 160
a [mm]
-18
200
-14
-5
-10
0
6
12
18
12
40
100
14
15
Δ pt [Pa]
35
13
30
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
10
40
15
20
40
30
100
100
50
200
300
130 [l/s]
400 [m3/h]
q
16
17
18
190
40
150
100
50
200
q
q
11
[m3/h]
400
40
8
130 [l/s]
100
50
q
mounted in T-piece
Ø 125
40
30
q
6
12
300
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
[m3/h]
Exhaust valve
KU
Dimensions
1
3
Ød
ØD
2
4
5
Description
Material
Powder-coated galvanized sheet metal.
Ød
nom
80
100
125
150
160
200
ØD
mm
110
130
160
188
190
245
6
m
kg
0,13
0,19
0,27
0,36
0,38
0,58
7
8
9
Colour
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KU
125
Product
Dimension Ød
18
191
Exhaust valve
KU
Technical data
1
2
settings, a [mm],
a [mm]
Ø 100
-12
-9
-5
0
200
5
40
100
4
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63
7
8
9
10
1K
2K
50
LWA [dB(A)]
20
4K
8K
100
Duct
–
-8
-5
-6
-6
-4
-12
-21
125
Duct
–
-11
-4
-6
-7
-3
-16
-25
160
Duct
–
-7
-4
-6
-3
-6
-18
-31
200
Duct
–
-7
-6
-7
-2
-9
-18
-27
Tolerance
–
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
±3
10
5
20
10
20
a [mm]
Centre frequency
[Hz]
63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K
21 18 12 14 12 11 12 15
21 16 9 11 9 8 8 12
21 16 8 10 8 7 5 11
100
Duct
125
Duct
-17
-9
5
22 16 11
21 16 9
20 15 9
9
8
6
7
5
4
7
5
3
9
7
4
12
8
7
Duct
-15
-5
5
19 14
19 13
18 13
9
9
8
8
6
5
6
5
4
7
4
3
9
6
6
10
8
6
Duct
-25
0
20
17 12 10
16 10 7
16 10 6
9
6
4
9
6
4
12 14 12
6 10 7
5 9 6
12
-17
200
-15
-12
-9
-6
-3
0
5
40
35
-12
-5
5
200
180 [m3/h]
100
Setting
a
[mm]
11
50 [l/s]
40
100
q
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
30
50
Ø 125
160
50
30
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
40
80 [l/s]
50
[m3/h]
200
100
q
a [mm]
Ø 160
-20
200
-18
-15
-10
-5
0
6
10
100
Tolerance
13
500
Δ pt [Pa]
6
250
12
40
±6 ±3 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±3
Δ pt [Pa]
5
125
35
30
Δ pt [Pa]
3
35
50
30
LWA [dB(A)]
14
20
10
15
10
15
20
40
40
30
100
200
q
16
17
18
192
100
50
300
400
130 [l/s]
[m3/h]
Exhaust valve
KU
a [mm]
Ø 200
-25
-20
-15
-10
-5
0
1
10
200
20
2
100
Δ pt [Pa]
40
35
50
3
30
LWA [dB(A)]
20
4
10
20
30
80
100
40
150
100
50
300
200
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
[m3/h]
5
q
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
193
Exhaust valve
KSU
Dimensions
1
ØD
3
Ød
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Bayonet holders connect to socket VRGU, VRGL, or VRGM.
Material
Ød
nom
100
125
150
160
200
Colour
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KSU
18
194
160
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
130
160
188
190
235
m
kg
0,30
0,39
0,52
0,52
0,78
Exhaust valve
KSU
Technical data
settings, a [mm],
Ø 100
100
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Tolerance
63
-6
-7
-3
-5
±3
125
-6
-7
-3
-5
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
-10
-12
-5
0
5
2
10
40
100
3
35
Δ pt [Pa]
Centre frequency
[Hz]
250 500 1K 2K
-3
-3
-4
-9
-6
-5
-8
-4
-7
-5
-2 -12
-7
-8
-2
-9
a [mm]
-15
200
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
1
xx
4K
-13
-12
-16
-13
±2
50
30
4
LWA [dB(A)]
8K
-27
-28
-29
-30
20
5
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
50 [l/s]
40
180 [m3/h]
100
6
q
±3
a [mm]
Ø 125
-10
-5
200
0
10
5
7
40
100
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
100
Duct
23
18
14
12
12
14
5
6
125
Duct
21
17
12
11
12
11
7
6
160
Duct
19
14
12
11
11
14
5
7
200
Duct
15
13
11
11
13
12
7
7
Δ pt [Pa]
Centre frequency
[Hz]
Ød
Valve
nom mounted
in
35
50
LWA [dB(A)]
9
20
10
10
Tolerance ±6
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
8
30
5
±3
20
10
20
50
30
40
[m3/h]
200
100
80 [l/s]
50
11
q
a [mm]
Ø 160
-5
-10
0
5
10
15
12
200
40
Δ pt [Pa]
100
35
13
30
50
LWA [dB(A)]
14
20
10
15
10
15
20
40
40
30
100
200
q
100
50
300
400
130 [l/s]
[m3/h]
16
17
18
195
Exhaust valve
1
Ø 200
2
100
KSU
a [mm]
-3
0
5
10
15
20
25
200
40
3
4
Δ pt [Pa]
35
50
LWA [dB(A)]
20
10
5
30
20
30
80
100
40
150
100
50
200
300
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
[m3/h]
q
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
196
Valve and fire damper
KSUB
Dimensions
1
3
Ød
ØD
2
4
5
Description
Valve and fire damper for exhaust air.
Is used to prevent spreading of fire and smoke into duct
systems. A spring loaded melting fuse shuts the valve when
the temperature exceeds +70° C.
Socket VRGL is as standard delivered together with KSUB.
This case is shown in the ordering example below.
If socket VRGU or VRGM is wanted instead this socket has
to be specified in the type field.
The product holds a Swedish type approval with number
0901. Certification body is Swedcert.
Ød
nom
100
125
150
160
200
ØD
mm
130
160
188
190
235
6
m
kg
0,32
0,42
0,56
0,56
0,81
7
8
9
10
Material
11
Colour
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KSUB
125
Product
Dimension Ød
18
197
KSUB
Technical data
2
3
4
5
6
7
settings, a [mm],
-15
-12 -10
-5
5
0
200
10
40
100
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
a [mm]
Ø 100
35
Δ pt [Pa]
1
Centre frequency
[Hz]
30
50
LWA [dB]
20
63
125
250
500
1K
2K
4K
8K
100
Duct
–
-2
-5
-5
-3
-8
-12
-26
125
Duct
–
-7
-7
-7
-6
-4
-11
-28
160
Duct
–
-4
-7
-5
-2
-11
-15
-29
200
Duct
–
-3
-7
-8
-1
-12
-16
-33
Tolerance
–
±3
±2
±2
±2
±2
±2
±3
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
180 [m3/h]
q
a [mm]
Ø 125
-10
5
0
-5
40
8
9
100
125
Duct
Duct
10
160
11
200
Duct
Duct
-10
0
10
-10
0
10
-10
0
10
0
10
63
22
22
22
21
19
20
19
18
18
14
13
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K
19 16 16 16 18 9 9
18 13 12 12 13 6 7
17 12 9 8 11 4 6
18 15 14 15 14 10 7
17 12 11 11 10 6 5
16 10 9 9 8 5 5
16 14 14 14 16 8 8
14 11 11 11 13 5 7
14 10 9 9 11 4 6
12 11 10 12 12 7 7
11 8 8 9 10 6 6
Δ pt [Pa]
100
Setting
a
[mm]
35
30
50
LWA [dB]
20
10
5
20
10
20
Tolerance
30
50
80 [l/s]
50
40
[m3/h]
200
100
q
a [mm]
Ø 160
-5
-10
200
12
10
200
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
50 [l/s]
40
100
0
5
10
15
±6 ±3 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±2 ±3
35
100
13
14
15
Δ pt [Pa]
30
25
50
LWA [dB]
20
10
10
15
20
40
100
17
18
100
50
200
q
16
198
40
30
300
130 [l/s]
400 [m3/h]
KSUB
a [mm]
Ø 200
-3
200
0
5
10
1
15
40
Δ pt [Pa]
100
2
35
30
50
LWA [dB]
3
20
10
4
20
30
80
100
40
150
100
50
200
300
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
5
[m3/h]
q
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
199
Valve
KPF
Dimensions
1
2
Ød
ØD
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
200
Flat spring holders connect to duct.
Material
Plastic.
Colour
White RAL 9010.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KPF
18
200
100
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
114
138
164
190
246
m
kg
0,07
0,09
0,11
0,24
0,33
Valve
KPF
Technical data
total pressure loss, Δpt [Pa], and
A-weighted sound power level, LWA [dB(A)],
for different settings, n [number of opening turns],
0
80
100
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
63
-12
-11
-10
-3
-3
125
-11
-10
-9
-2
-2
Centre frequency
[Hz]
250 500 1K 2K
-9
-8
-5
-6
-10 -8
-6
-5
-7
-8
-6
-5
-3
-5
-3
-8
0
-4
-5
-8
2
4
6
8 10
15
20
200
2
40
100
Sound power level in octave bands, LWok [dB],
is calculated as LWok = LWA + Kok.
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
1
Ø 80
Δ pt [Pa]
35
50
3
30
25
4K
-9
-8
-8
-13
-14
10
2
10
5
10
30
20
40
5
30 [l/s]
20
100 [m3/h]
50
q
6
Ø 100
2
4
LWA [dB(A)]
20
8K
-16
-15
-17
-22
-22
4
6
8
10
12
15
20
200
7
45
80
100
125
160
200
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
Duct
63
23
22
21
20
17
125
23
21
19
16
12
Centre frequency
[Hz]
250 500 1K 2K
16
15
13
10
15
13
11
10
13
11
10
10
12
10
9
10
7
5
4
4
40
100
4K
6
6
7
8
7
8K
9
9
9
8
5
8
35
Δ pt [Pa]
Ød
Valve
nom mounted in
30
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
9
20
10
5
20
10
20
30
50
q
40
50 [l/s]
10
180 [m3/h]
100
11
Ø 125
0
200
2
4
6
8 10 12 15
20
12
40
Δ pt [Pa]
100
35
13
30
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
14
20
10
15
5
20
10
20
50
30
100
q
40
50
200
80 [l/s]
[m3/h]
16
17
18
201
Valve
1
KPF
Ø 160
6
10
8
15
20
200
2
25
100
3
Δ pt [Pa]
50
45
50
40
35
30
20
4
LWA [dB(A)]
25
10
10
5
15
20
40
30
40
100
130 [l/s]
100
50
300
200
400
[m3/h]
q
6
Ø 200
2
6
4
8
10
12
15
200
7
100
8
Δ pt [Pa]
50
45
50
40
35
9
10
20
10
30
20
30
80
100
40
150
LWA [dB(A)]
100
50
200
300
150
400 500
200 [l/s]
[m3/h]
q
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
202
Valve
KDPF
Dimensions
1
Ød
ØD
2
3
4
5
Description
Flat spring holders connect to socket VRGU, VRGL, VRGM,
VRFU or VRFM.
Ød
nom
100
ØD
mm
133
6
m
kg
0,06
7
8
Material
Plastic.
9
Colour
White RAL 9010
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
KDPF
100
Product
Dimension Ød
18
203
Valve
KDPF
Technical data
2
3
4
5
settings, n [number of open holes],
Ø 100
100
Duct
63
–
Centre frequency
[Hz]
125 250 500 1K 2K
-5
-4
-3
-3
-8
50
25
LWA [dB(A)]
20
4K
-13
8K
-16
10
5
20
10
50
Centre frequency
Ød
Valve Number
[Hz]
nom mounted of open
holes
in
63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K
– 23 22 24 18 16 15
2
– 19 16 15 12 8 10
100
Duct
6
5
5
– 19 15 12 9
12
8K
10
7
3
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
30
100
q
204
12
35
6
8
10
8
6
30
20
7
4
3
100
Ød
Diffuser
nom mounted in
Number of open holes
2
200
Δ pt [Pa]
1
40
50 [l/s]
180 [m3/h]
Socket
VRFU
Dimensions
l
1
Ød1
2
3
4
li
5
Description
Socket with groove for unit with spring holder.
Supplied with Safe gasket in the far end.
Connects to duct.
Ød
nom
100
125
160
ØD
mm
125
150
185
6
m
kg
0,09
0,11
0,14
7
8
Material
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VRFU
100
Product
Dimension Ød
18
205
Socket
VRFM
Dimensions
1
3
Ød
ØD
2
4
50
5
6
7
Description
Socket with groove for unit with spring holder.
Has female connection in the far end.
Connects to fitting.
8
Ød
nom
100
125
160
Material
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VRFM
18
206
100
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
125
150
185
m
kg
0,09
0,12
0,16
Socket
VRGU
Dimensions
l
1
2
Ød1
3
4
5
li
Description
Socket with thread for unit with bayonet holder.
Supplied with Safe gasket in the far end.
Connects to duct.
Material
Ød1
nom
80
100
125
160
200
l
mm
12–14
12–14
12–14
12–14
12–20
li
mm
50
51
48
45
50
6
m
kg
0,08
0,07
0,11
0,16
0,21
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VRGU
160
Product
Dimension Ød1
18
207
Socket
VRGM
Dimensions
1
3
Ød
ØD
2
4
70
5
6
7
Description
Socket with thread for unit with bayonet holder.
Has female connection in the far end.
Connects to fitting.
8
Material
Ød
nom
100
125
150
160
200
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VRGM
18
208
125
Product
Dimension Ød
ØD
mm
125
150
175
185
225
m
kg
0,11
0,14
0,17
0,19
0,25
Cover socket
VRR
Dimensions
Ø4
1
2
Ød
200
3
4
5
180
Description
Cover socket with groove for unit with spring holder. Are
used where older valve types are replaced.
Ød
mm
100
125
6
m
kg
0,23
0,20
7
Material
Coated sheet metal.
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
VRR
125
Product
Dimension Ød
18
209
Grille
B3020
Dimensions
1
6
B+25/A+25
24
2
3
B-25/A-25
4
B×A
5
6
Description
7
B3020 is a rectangular aluminium grille with fixed horizontal
bars. B3020 is used for both supply and exhaust air, and is
supplied as standard with springs for installation in plenum
boxes type VBA, WB or mounting frame type GGR. B3020
can also be used with volume regulator GAT.
8
Maintenance
9
The grille should be removed to gain access to the plenum
box or duct. The external parts should be wiped with a
damp cloth.
10
AxB
mm
200 x 100
300 x 100
Free area
F (m2)
0,0072
0,0113
Weight
kg
0,3
0,4
Other sizes and types can be supplied - see special grille B.
Accessories
Plenum box:
Mounting frame:
Volume regulator:
VBA, WB
GGR
GAT
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
210
B 3020
Product
A – Measure
B – Measure
200
100
Grille:
Standard finish:
Aluminium
Natural anodised
On request: RAL 9010, gloss 30
The grille is available in other colours. Please contact
Grille
B3020
Technical data
1
Dimensioning diagram – supply air
Capacity
Volume flow q [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure drop pt [Pa],
throw l0.2 [m] and sound level LWA [dB(A)] can be seen in the
diagrams.
ǻpt [Pa] B-3020
150
0.0072 0.01
0.015 0.02
0.03
0.05
0.087
2
2
F [m ]
100
70
Throw l0.2
50
50
Throw l0.2 [m] at an average speed of 0.2 m/s, 0o bar setting
without ceiling effect (distance from diffuser to grille over
800 mm) can be seen in the diagrams. Correction for dispersal - see table below.
30
40
20
35
15
45o
0,8
25
7
90o
0,5
4
30
10
Bar setting
Correction factor
3
45
20
LWA dB(A)
5
20
30
40 50 60
100
150 200
100
150 200
300 400
300
500
700 1000
700 1000
2000 3000
5
qV [l/s]
2000
3
qV [m /h]
5000 7000
6
Sound effect level LWA
Dimensioning diagram - exhaust
Sound effect level LWA [dB(A)] at 0o bar setting can be seen
in the diagrams. The sound levels apply for grilles without a
volume regulator. See the table below for correction of
sound level on dispersal [dB].
ǻpt [Pa] B-3020
150
0.0072 0.01
0.015 0.02
0.03
0.05
0.087
7
2
F [m ]
100
8
70
50
45o
+3
Bar setting
Correction factor
90o
+10
50
30
45
20
15
10
35
7
Frequency-related sound effect level
Centre frequency Hz
Supply air
Exhaust
63
125
1
-3
-4
-8
250 500
-2
-3
0
-1
30
5
The sound effect level in the frequency band is defined as
LWA+Kok. The Kok values are given in chart. See table
below.
1K
2K
4K
8K
-6
-3
-10
-12
-14
-19
-19
-22
9
40
25
20
30
40 50 60
100
150 200
100
150 200
300 400
10
LWA dB(A)
3
300
500
700 1000
700 1000
2000 3000
qV [l/s]
2000
3
qV [m /h]
5000 7000
11
Throw
12
B3020
l0.2 [m]
30
0.005
0.01
0.02 0.03
0.05
F [m2]
0.1
13
20
Volume regulator GAT
Correction of total pressure pt [Pa] and sound effect level
LWA [dB(A)] using volume regulator. See table below.
15
14
10
Bar setting
Correction factor
45o
0,8
90o
0,5
8
15
7
6
l0.2 [m]
5
qV [l/s]
20
30
40
50 60 70
100
150
200
300
500
3
qV [m /h]
80 100
150
200
300
500
700
1000
16
1500 2000
17
18
211
Special grille
B
Frame
No frame
B+20/A+20
20
1
B+10/A+10
20
1
2
2
No frame
3
4
3
With 25 mm flange - wall/ceiling
5
24
6
B+25/A+25
6
Description
10
11
With flange - floor
B+40/A+40
B+20/A+20
B-20/A-20
B×A
Grille:
Standard finish:
4
Aluminium
Natural anodized
On request: RAL 9010 Gloss 30
5
6
With Z frame - wall
With Z frame - floor
B+17/A+17
25 25
12
B-17/A-17
B×A
Ordering example
15
16
17
c
d
eee
fff
7
8
With angle frame - wall
With angle frame - floor
B+17/A+17
25
14
Product
B
a
b
Type
Frame
Grid
Installation
Accessories
A - Measure
B - Measure
A x B: Duct/cutout
A dimension: along the bars
B dimension: across the bars
B-17/A-17
9
Special floor frame, only design 9600
40
13
Can be supplied in other dimensions
18
212
10
9
B×A
2
8
Special grille type B is a range of aluminium grilles with fixed
bars. The grille can be configured on the basis of the summary on the following pages. As part of the configuration
you can select frame, grids, type of mounting and accessories. Finally the A x B dimension is specified. Please note
that the A x B dimension varies according to the frame
selected. A x B dimensions have certain limitations, which
are shown under the order code.
20
48
7
B-25/A-25
B×A
Max. A x B = 2000 x 1000
Mi A B 60 60
lindab | residential venti lation
Special grille
B
Grid
Mounting
Accessories
0
0
0
No accessories
1
Direction control
0° Free area: 55%
No. of bars × 12,5
1
2
3
42
7
Not prepared for mounting
1
30° bend Free area: 55%
7
1
Screw holes, only frame 3
4
No. of bars × 12,5
48
8
5
B-6×A-6
2
0° Free area: 70%
9,5
No. of bars × 12,5
2
.
With clamp springs. -only frame 3
2
6
Volume control damper
62
7
8
15° bendFree area: 70%
9,5
3
No. of bars × 12,5
Mounting frame and springs
-only frame 3
9
86
3
10
11
4
0° Free area: 60%
Frame types 5-6-7-8
with wall anchors
8
Hidden screws. - only frame 3
No. of bars × 7
3
Direction and volume
control damper
12
80
4
4
5
0° Free area: 75%
14
No. of bars × 20
86
14,5
6
13
0° Free area: 55%
7
15
16
No. of bars × 12,5
Direction and volume control damper
only possible with frame types 3-4-5
and 6.
17
Max. B = 1200mm with direction
control
18
213
Grille
C20
Dimensions
1
C20
6
B+25/A+25
24
2
3
B-25/A-25
B×A
4
C21
6
7
8
9
10
11
42
5
Description
C20 is a rectangular aluminium grille with adjustable horizontal bars. C21 is also equipped with vertical directional
bars for regulation of dispersal patterns. C20/C21 should be
used for supply air. C20/C21 are supplied as standard with
springs for installation in plenum boxes type VBA, WB or
mounting frame type GGR. C20/C21 can also be used with
volume regulator GAT.
AxB
mm
200 x 100
300 x 100
Free area
F(m2)
0,0101
0,0164
Weight
kg
0,3
0,4
Other sizes and types can be supplied - see special grille C.
Maintenance
damp cloth.
Accessories
Plenum box:
Mounting frame:
Volume regulator:
VBA, WB
GGR
GAT
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
214
C20/C21 aaa
Product
A – Measure
B – Measure
bbb
Grille:
Standard finish:
Aluminium
Natural anodised
Grille
C20
Sound level LWA
Technical data
Capacity
Volume flow q [l/s] and [m3/h], total pressure loss pt [Pa],
throw l0.2 [m] and sound level LWA [dB(A)] can be seen in the
diagrams.
45o
+3
Bar setting
Correction factor
Throw l0.2
Throw l0.2 [m] at an average speed of 0.2 m/s, 0o bar setting
without ceiling effect (distance from diffuser to grille over
800 mm) can be seen in the diagrams. Correction for dispersal - see table below.
1
Sound effect level LWA [dB(A)] at 0o bar setting can be seen
in the diagrams. The sound levels apply for grilles without
volume regulator. See the table below for correction of
sound level for dispersal [dB].
ǻp t [Pa ] C21
150
0.0105 0.015
2
90o
+10
0.03
0.05
0.07
0.1265
3
4
F [m 2]
100
45o
0,8
Bar setting
Correction factor
70
90o
0,5
50
50
5
45
30
40
20
C21
l0.2 [m]
30
0.01
0.02 0.03
0.05
35
15
F [m2]
0.1 0.15
7
25
5
20
6
30
10
20
20
15
30 40 50
100
150 200
70
100
150 200
300 400
300
700 1000
7
LWA dB(A)
3
500 700 1000 1500
2000 3000
q V [l/s]
2500
3
q V [m / h]
5000
8
10
8
LWA+ Kok . Kok values are given in chart. See table below.
7
6
l0.2 [m]
5
9
qV [l/s]
20
30
40
50 60 70
100
150
200
300
500
3
qV [m /h]
80 100
150
200
300
500
700
1000
1500 2000
Supply air
Centre frequency Hz
63 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K 8K
1
-4 -2
0
-6 -10 -14 -19
11
Volume regulator
LWA [dB(A)] with volume regulator. See table below.
Supply air
Pressure [Pa]
Sound power
level dB(A)
Open
x1,3
+5
10
45o
x3
+12
Closed
x18
+37
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
215
Grille
G20
Dimensions
1
6
B+25/A+25
24
2
3
B-25/A-25
B×A
4
AxB
mm
200 x 100
300 x 100
5
6
Description
7
G20 is a rectangular aluminium grille with fixed slanting horizontal bars. G20 is used for air exhaust and is supplied as
standard with springs for installation in plenum boxes type
VBA, WB or mounting frame type GGR. G20 can also be
used with volume regulator GAT.
8
Maintenance
9
damp cloth.
10
Free area
F(m2)
0,0066
0,0103
Weight
kg
0,3
0,3
Other sizes and types are available - see special grille G.
Accessories
Plenum box:
Mounting frame:
Volume regulator:
VBA, WB
GGR
GAT
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
216
G20
Product
A – Measure
B – Measure
aaa
bbb
Grille:
Standard finish:
Aluminium
Natural anodised
Grille
G20
Technical data
1
Capacity
throw l0.2 and sound level LWA [dB(A)] can be seen in the
diagrams.
ǻp t [Pa ] G 20
70
0.01052
0.015
0.02
0.03
0.05
0.0791
2
3
2
F [m ]
50
30
4
20
50
15
5
45
10
40
7
5
35
20
30
100
40 50 60
100
150 200
150 200
300 400
300
700 1000
6
LWA dB(A)
30
3
500
700 1000
2000 3000
q V [l/ s]
1500
q V [m 3/h]
5000
7
LWA+ Kok. Kok values are given in chart. See table below.
Kok
63
4
Centre frequency Hz
250 500 1K 2K
3
-1
-6 -14
125
-1
4K
-22
8
9
8K
-22
10
Volume regulator
Correction of sound pressure pt [Pa] and sound level LWA
[dB(A)] using volume regulator. See table below.
Exhaust
Pressure [Pa]
Sound power
level [dB(A)]
Open
x1,3
+3
45°
x3
+12
Closed
x12
+32
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
217
Mounting frame
GGR
Technical data
1
2
Mounting frame GGR for installation in duct connector or
duct side.
Materials
Galvanised steel
32.2
3
4
5
AxB
6
A x B = Duct dimension
7
Weight (Kg)
8
9
A
B
100
200
0,2
300
0,3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
218
GGR
aaa
bbb
Product
A – Size
B – Size
Grille
F20
Dimensions
1
6
B+25/A+25
24
2
B-25/A-25
3
B×A
AxB
mm
200 x 100
300 x 100
Free area
F(m2)
0,0111
0,0144
4
Weight
kg
0,2
0,3
5
For other sizes and types, see special grille F.
Description
6
F20 is a rectangular aluminium grille with square grids. F20
is particularly suitable for air exhaust. F20 is supplied as
standard with springs for installation in plenum boxes type
VBA, WB or mounting frame type GGR. F20 can also be
used with volume regulator GAT.
7
Maintenance
8
damp cloth.
9
Accessories
Pressure distribution box:
Mounting frame:
Volume regulator:
10
VBA, WB
GGR
GAT
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
F20
Product
A – Measure
B – Measure
aaa
bbb
Grille:
Aluminium
Standard finish:Natural anodised
17
18
219
Grille
F20
Technical data
1
2
3
Capacity
and sound level LWA [dB(A)] can be seen in the diagrams.
ǻpt [Pa] F20
150
0.0111
0.02
0.03
0.05 0.07
0.1344
2
F [m ]
100
70
50
4
30
20
50
15
5
45
10
40
7
35
5
6
30
3
qV [l/s]
20
30
100
7
8
9
10
11
12
LWA dB(A)
25
40 50
70
150 200
100
150 200
300 400
300
700 1000
500 700 1000
2000 3000
2500
5000
qV [m3/h]
10000
LWA+Kok. Kok values are given in chart. See table below.
Kok
63
-7
125
-12
Centre frequency Hz
250 500
1K
2K
-9
-5
-3
-6
4K
-17
8K
-23
Volume regulator
LWA [dB(A)] using volume regulator. See table below.
Pressure [Pa]
Sound power level
[LWA dB(A)]
Open
× 1,3
+5
45°
×3
+12
Closed
× 15
+35
13
14
15
16
17
18
220
Radiator grille
A1
Dimensions
1
A + 34 / B + 34
A + 22 / B + 22
25
2
A×B
3
Colours:
4
0 – Natural anodised
1 – Brass anodised
2 – Black anodised
3 – Bronze anodised
5
Description
6
Radiator grille A1 is an aluminium grille with fixed bars specially designed to cover convector channels. A1 is always
supplied with the bars running between the longest sides.
The distance between the bars is 20 mm and the grille has a
free area of 75%.
The grille is dimensioned for a personal load up to a width of
500 mm. The grille can be supplied in 4 different anodized
finishes.
7
8
9
Maintenance
The grille should be removed when cleaning the convector
channel. The external parts should be wiped with a damp
cloth.
10
11
12
Ordering example
A1
a
b
ccc
ddd
13
Product
Colour
Frame
A - Measure
B - Measure
14
15
Standard A dimension:
200 - 250 - 300 - 350 - 400 - 450 - 500
Supplied in all dimensions.
The grilles are supplied divided into 1 m sections.
The frame is supplied in one piece to a maximum of 3 m.
For longer lengths, connecting pieces are also supplied.
Max. A dimension at personal load: 500 mm.
B dimension as requested.
Min. A x B = 100 x 100
16
Grille:
Standard finish:
Aluminium
Natural anodised
17
18
221
Radiator grille
A1
Dimensions
1
0 - Without frame
A + 22 / B + 22
20
2
A + 34 / B + 34
25
4
1 - With angle frame
A
3
5
A ×B
A
6
The convector channel should be dimensioned in accordance with the convector manufacturer’s instructions and the
illustration above.
A + 40 / B + 40
2
A + 20 / B + 20
48
20
7
8
A - 20 / B - 20
9
A×B
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
222
A
3 - Z-frame with flange
InCapsa
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
InCapsa
1
2
3
4
Stricter energy demands on building increases the need of a
balanced ventilation system with supply and exhaust air and
heat recovery. The system results in decreased use of energy
as well as better air quality in the building.
InCapsa is a cost effective system that makes it easier to
mount and cover ventilation systems in buildings. InCapsa is
developed to be used in building that were built in the 50’s,
60’s and 70’s in large scale.
InCapsa consists of different parts that is easy to combine to
find solutions for most apartments. In a few simple steps the
ventilation system is mounted and covered behind panels
made of sheet metal.
5
InCapsa is adapted to rooms with straight walls and corners.
In other cases traditional covering of the ventilation system is
recommended.
6
The system is adjusted to function with Lindab’s Safe system
and Lindab’s asortment of air terminal units and valves.
Product that are developed for InCapsa are:
• T-piece with female coupling, TCPMU
• Eccentric silencer, LRCEC
Advantages of InCapsa
• Cost efficient solution
• Quick and easy to mount
• Takes up less space than traditional covering
• The tenant can remain in the apartment the system is
being installed
• Does not need painting which can emit emissions
• Simplifies project management as fewer proffesionals
are needed
• Makes it easier to pass sound demands as wall
mounted valves are not needed.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
224
Content – InCapsa
Console
Mitred steel rail
CC............................................... 227
CSR6 .......................................... 236
1
2
Outer panel joint
CPJO .......................................... 237
U-Console
CUC ............................................ 224
3
4
U-outer panel joint
CPJUO ....................................... 236
Suport plate
CSP............................................. 228
5
6
Inner panel joint
Panel
CPJI............................................ 238
CP ............................................... 229
7
Panel joint screw
U-Panel
FTK ............................................. 239
CUP............................................. 227
8
9
Inner corner
Steel rail
CCI ............................................. 240
CSR............................................. 230
10
Outer corner
Mitred steel rail
CCO............................................ 241
CSR1........................................... 231
12
Gable
Mitred steel rail
CG .............................................. 242
CGU............................................ 242
CSR2........................................... 232
Mitred steel rail
CSR3........................................... 233
11
13
14
Access rail
CACR.......................................... 243
15
Mitred steel rail
CSR4........................................... 234
Steel rail
alignment plate
Mitred steel rail
CSR5........................................... 235
CSRAP ....................................... 244
16
17
18
225
Content – InCapsa
Touch up paint
STIFT........................................... 246
1
2
Pipe collar
CVB............................................. 247
3
4
Silencer
LRCEC ........................................ 248
5
T-piece
6
TCPMU ....................................... 249
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
226
Console
CC
Dimensions
1
Ø5
b1
2
3
4
b
Ød
5
Description
6
Console which supports steel rails, CSR, and suspends the
duct system.
7
8
b
9
b1
10
Panel dim
nom
100
125
125
160
160
160
Ød
nom
100
100
125
100
125
160
b1
mm
85
105
98
140
136
117
b
mm
177
204
204
243
243
243
m
kg
0,08
0,10
0,10
0,20
0,20
0,20
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CC
100
17
100
Product
Panel dimension
Dimension Ød
18
Updated 2014-11-20
227
Support plate
CSP
Dimensions
1
Ø4
2
3
4
61
5
6
7
Description
Support plate which supports steel rails, CSR. Is used
where it is not possible to mount consoles, CC, and where
extra support is needed to stabilize the suspension of the
duct system.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
CSP
Product
18
228
Updated 2014-11-20
m
kg
0,01
Panel
CP
Dimensions
1
b
2
b
3
4
l
5
Description
Panel which is attached to steel rails, CSR, to hide the duct
system.
Colour
White RAL 9002, gloss 30
Panel dim
nom
100
125
160
b
mm
160
188
228
l
mm
1500
1500
1500
6
m
kg
2,61
2,97
3,1
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CP
100
17
1500
Product
Panel dimension
Length l
18
Updated 2014-11-20
229
Steel rail
CSR
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
6
Description
Steel rail which is held in place by consoles, CC. Has a fold
in which panels, CP, can be attached.
7
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
230
Ordering example
CSR
1500
Product
Length l
Updated 2014-11-20
l
mm
1500
m
kg
0,71
Mitred steel rail
CSR1
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
Description
Steel rail which is mitred and is held in place to the right in
the wall in an inner corner by consoles, CC. Has a fold in
which panels, CP, can be attached.
Is used together with CRS2.
l
mm
1500
6
m
kg
0,17
7
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CSR1
17
1500
Product
Length l
18
Updated 2014-11-20
231
Mitred steel rail
CSR2
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
6
7
8
Description
Steel rail which is mitred and is held in place to the left in the
wall in an inner corner by consoles, CC. Has a fold in which
panels, CP, can be attached.
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
232
Ordering example
CSR2
1500
Product
Length l
Updated 2014-11-20
l
mm
1500
m
kg
0,17
Mitred steel rail
CSR3
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
Description
the wall in an outer corner by consoles, CC. Has a fold in
l
mm
1500
6
m
kg
0,17
7
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CSR3
17
1500
Product
Length l
18
Updated 2014-11-20
233
Mitred steel rail
CSR4
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
6
7
8
Description
wall in an outer corner by consoles, CC. Has a fold in which
panels, CP, can be attached.
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
234
Ordering example
CSR4
1500
Product
Length l
Updated 2014-11-20
l
mm
1500
m
kg
0,17
Mitred steel rail
CSR5
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
Description
the celing in an outer corner by consoles, CC. Has a fold in
l
mm
1500
6
m
kg
0,17
7
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CSR5
17
1500
Product
Length l
18
Updated 2014-11-20
235
Mitred steel rail
CSR6
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
6
7
8
Description
celing in an outer corner by consoles, CC. Has a fold in
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
236
Ordering example
CSR6
1500
Product
Length l
Updated 2014-11-20
l
mm
1500
m
kg
0,17
Outer panel joint
CPJO
Dimensions
1
2
3
b
4
5
Description
6
Outer panel joint to hide glap between panels, CP or corners, CCI, CCO . Is used with 2 CPJI and 4 FTK.
7
b
Colour
8
Panel dim
nom
100
125
160
b
mm
160
188
228
m
kg
0,07
0,08
0,09
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CPJO
17
100
Product
Panel dimension
18
Updated 2014-11-20
237
Inner panel joint
CPJI
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
6
Description
Inner panel joint, works with both Ø100 125 and 160. 2 CPJI
is used with 1 CPJO and 4 FTK.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
CPJI
Product
18
238
Updated 2014-11-20
l
mm
130
m
kg
0,03
Panel joint screw
FTK
1
2
3
4
5
Description
6
Panel joint screw to attach the outer panel joint, CPJO, to
the inner, CPJI.
4 FTK is used with 1 CPJO and 2 CPJI.
Fits with bits Torx T20W.
Packaging size 100 pieces, 500 pieces, or 1000 pieces.
7
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
FTK
17
500
Product
Package size
18
Updated 2014-11-20
239
Inner corner
CCI
Dimensions
1
l2
2
b
3
b
4
l1
5
6
Description
Inner corner which is attached to steel rails, CSR, to hide the
duct system.
7
8
Colour
Panel dim
nom
b
mm
100
125
160
160
188
228
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
240
Ordering example
CCI
100
Product
Panel dimension
Updated 2014-11-20
l1
mm
285
314
347
l2
mm
100
100
100
m
kg
0,56
0,67
0,90
Outer corner
CCO
Dimensions
1
l1
2
3
b
4
l2
b
Description
Outer corner which is attached to steel rails, CSR, to hide
the duct system.
Colour
Panel dim
nom
b
mm
100
125
160
161
188
228
l1
mm
340
378
356
5
l2
mm
100
100
100
6
m
kg
0,82
1,02
1,40
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CCO
17
100
Product
Panel dimension
18
Updated 2014-11-20
241
Gable
CG
Dimensions
1
3
2
b
3
4
5
6
b
Description
Gable which is used as an end of the panel when the duct
system is not mounted all the way to an opposing wall.
7
8
Colour
Panel dim
nom
100
125
160
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
242
Ordering example
CG
100
Product
Panel dimension
Updated 2014-11-20
b
mm
173
201
240
m
kg
0,27
0,44
0,50
Access rail
CACR
Dimensions
1
2
3
l
4
5
Description
Access rail which is attached to the panel, CP, to enable
access to electrical installations behind the panel, CP, or the
duct system.
Complement with information label, CIP, to clarify that an
electrical connection is hidden behind the panel.
l
mm
180
6
m
kg
0,06
7
8
Colour
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CACR
17
180
Product
Length l
18
Updated 2014-11-20
243
Steel rail alignment plate
CSRAP
Dimensions
1
2
3
h
4
l
5
6
Description
Plate to help align two steel rails with each other. Fits inside
the steel rail CSR.
7
h
mm
48
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
244
Ordering example
CSRAP
48
120
Product
Height
Length l
Updated 2014-11-20
l
mm
120
m
kg
0,03
Information plate
CIP
1
2
3
Kopplingsutrymme
4
5
Description
6
Label to attach to the access rail, CACR, when an electrical
connection is hidden behind the panel, CP, and the duct
system.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
CIP
Product
18
Updated 2014-11-20
245
Touch up paint
STIFT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
Touch up paint to fix small scratches, with application
brush.
Contains 12ml.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
STIFT
Product
18
246
Updated 2014-11-20
Pipe collar
CVB
Dimensions
1
2
Ø
3
cc
l
4
b
5
Description
Pipe collar to attach to the panel, CP to hide holes for water
pipes. The collar is held in place by the rubber membrane.
The collar is divideable. The collar can be used on pipe
dimensions Ø12-16.
Number
of holes
pcs
1
2
Ø
mm
l
mm
b
mm
cc
mm
m
kg
6
12–16
12–16
38
88
38
38
–
40
0,01
0,02
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
CVB
17
2
Product
Number of holes
18
Updated 2014-11-20
247
Circular straight eccentric silencer LRCEC
1
l
a
Ød1
2
b
b
3
a
4
[Hz]
5
6
7
8
9
l
mm
Ød1
mm
Description
height.
LRCEC dimensions and eccentric placing of circular connections makes it particularly suitable for installation where
space is limited.
LRCEC is produced with a perforated inner tube. The
silencer has a fiber cloth between the inner tube and the
insulation material in order to avoid tearing the mineral wool.
a x b
mm mm
63 125 250 500 1k
2k
4k
8k
m
kg
100
500
165
69
1
10
10
17
28
40
29
19
3,10
100
1000
165
69
7
16
15
29
45
45
46
27
5,30
125
500
190
81,5
9
10
8
15
24
36
18
11
3,50
125
1000
190
81,5
11
14
13
27
42
50
33
21
6,30
160
500
225
99
4
5
6
12
21
25
12
10
4,50
160
1000
225
99
8
9
10
21
35
46
22
17
7,45
Technical data
500 mm
Δpt [Pa]
100
50
125
160
20
10
10
5
2
11
1
1
12
5
10
50
100
500
qv [l/s]
1000 mm
Δpt [Pa]
100
50
13
125
160
20
10
5
14
2
1
1
15
16
5
Order code
Product
LRCEC
aaa
bbbb
LRCEC
17
Ød1 = 100 - 160 mm
Length in mm
18
l = 500 - 1000
Example: LRCEC - 100 - 500
248
Updated 29-11-2012
10
50
100
500
qv [l/s]
T-piece
TCPMU
Dimensions
1
Ød3
l3
2
Ød1
3
4
5
l
Description
Centric T-piece with female coupling for joining fittings.
Fits very well with Lindab InCapsa.
Ød1
nom
100
125
125
160
160
160
Ød3
nom
100
100
125
100
125
160
l
mm
130
130
125
130
165
209
l3
mm
100
113
121
128
137
141
6
m
kg
0,31
0,32
0,43
0,46
0,53
0,63
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TCPMU
125
100
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
17
18
249
lindab | i ndomo
Building integrated duct systems
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
lindab | i ndomo
Content
Manifold box
MCU............................................. 252
MRU............................................. 254
MLU ............................................. 255
MHU............................................. 256
MCWU ......................................... 258
1
2
3
Plenum box floor
PGFU ........................................... 259
4
Plenum box wall/
ceiling
PGWU .......................................... 261
PVWU .......................................... 263
7
PVCU ........................................... 265
8
9
KVDP ............................................151
LRCB............................................150
A system of products, suitable for integration or embedment
in buildings. All circular connections are with gaskets
according to Lindab Safe, which fulfills the toughest
demands for air tightness. Spiral seamed steel ducts as well
as semiflexible ducts can be connected with high safety
against undesired leakage.
Low levels of noise are ensured with our specially developed
silencers, also suitable to be integrated in buildings.
These products, together with other Lindab products as
dampers, silencers, valves and grilles, gives you a complete
high quality system for residential ventilation.
All manifolds and plenum boxes have a Smart Lock function
which allows a semiflexible duct to be fastened to the
connections. Use the transition piece RCFU, with a clip for
Smart Lock function, when connecting LFPE 76/90 to
manifolds and plenum boxes.
Accessories
FIKS ............................................. 266
10
Sliding damper
SKG ............................................. 262
11
12
Transition piece
RCFU ........................................... 263
13
14
Coupling
NPU ............................................. 264
15
Bend
BU90 ............................................ 265
16
17
Semiflexible duct
LFPE ............................................ 267
18
251
See chapter Silencers
Minimal measures of the products means flexibility in
construction and installation. Should other solutions occur,
they can be ordered specially.
5
6
Circular straight
low-built
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
MCU
Dimensions
1
L
Ød1
H
2
3
Ød3
B
4
5
The manifold can be used for both supply and exhaust air. It
is available in several types and dimensions.
The manifolds are designed for floor installation but can be
used at other locations as well.
10
Boxes with Ø 76 couplings with Lindab safe sealings is
intended for direct connection of the semiflexible duct LFPE
76/90. It is not intended for SR spiral-seamed duct.
11
12
The Smart Lock function allows you to fasten LFPE effortlessly to the Safe couplings.
Two turnable anchor plates, placed on the bottom of the
manifold, can be used for fixation.
14
15
Ordering example
MCU
17
cc
L
Fulfills air tightness class D.
13
16
Ød1
H
9
All types have couplings with Lindab safe sealings for connections of SR spiral-seamed ducts or semiflexible ducts
LFPE. Use the transition piece RCFU, with Smart Lock function, to connect the LFPE 76/90-dimension to InDomo manifolds and plenum boxes with Ø80 mm couplings.
8
MCU 160 63 8, 160 80-8, 200 80-8
B
7
cc
54
Description
Ød3
6
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
Type
160
63
10-4
Ød1
nom
125
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
200
Ød3
nom
63
63
63
63
76
76
76
80
80
80
76
76
80
80
Type
6-0
6-4
8
10-4
6-0
8
8-0
6-0
8
8-0
8
10-0
8
10-0
18
252
L
mm
520
520
275
852
622
275
822
622
275
822
275
1022
275
1022
B
mm
185
185
275
185
185
275
185
185
275
185
275
221
275
221
H
mm
88
88
88
88
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
cc
mm
83
83
98
83
100
115
100
100
115
100
115
100
115
100
m
kg
2,30
2,30
1,80
3,40
2,41
1,76
3,08
2,41
1,76
3,08
1,75
4,19
1,75
4,19
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
Technical data
Supply
[Pa]
[Pa]
Ød1 Ø 63
100
63
6-
0
16
63
8
4
60
6-
10
6-
63
1
0
16
10
63
3
1
8
16
5
-4
63
6
60
0
5
12
0
63
4
0-
31
10
5
2
50
Δpt
5
12
Ød1 Ø 63
100
0
50
Δpt
1
Exhaust
4
4
1
10
50
100
1
10
140 [l/s]
60
63
6-
1
50
q
40
50
100
500 [m³/h]
300
[Pa]
40
80
10
0
20
5
80
5
140 [l/s]
80
8
500 [m³/h]
300
6
Ød1 Ø 80
7
50
10
Δpt
0
16
0
20
0
8-
100
100
-0
50
50
[Pa]
Ød1 Ø 80
100
Δpt
100
q
10
0
16
80
0
8-0
0
0
10
6- 60 8
80
1
0
20
8
5
9
8 0
80 0 06
16 0 8
16
1
10
50
100
140 [l/s]
1
10
0
q
40
50
100
16
300
500 [m³/h]
40
50
80
100
8
0
20
80
8 50
q
100
300
140 [l/s]
10
500 [m³/h]
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
253
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
MRU
Dimensions
1
L
Ød1
88
2
183
3
4
Ød3
cc
54
a
5
6
7
8
9
Description
is available in several types and dimensions. All types have
Ø 63 mm studs with Lindab Safe sealings for connections of
either SR 63 spiral-seamed ducts or semiflexible ducts
LFPE. The manifold is designed for floor installation but can
be used everywhere, also in the ceiling for example.
The Smart lock function allows you to fasten semiflexible
ducts effortlessly to the Ø 63 connections.
Ød1
nom
125
125
160
160
Ød3
nom
63
63
63
63
Type
8-0
10-0
10-0
12-0
L
mm
888
1072
1173
1293
cc
mm
93
93
98
93
a
mm
85
85
102
102
m
kg
3,20
3,90
3,85
4,50
Ød1 Ø 63
-0 2-0
1
10
63 0 63
5
16
12
10
Technical data
11
Supply
Exhaust
[Pa]
5
12
12
-0
0
Ød1 Ø 63
100
63
8-
0
16
63
12
[Pa]
100
50
10
Δpt
13
Δpt
50
-0
5
25
14
15
1
0
16
63
63
10
10
0
0-
1
5
25
1
1
10
50
100
140 [l/s]
q
0
0
8- 1063 63
0
16
1
10
50
100
140 [l/s]
q
40
50
100
500 [m³/h]
300
40
16
50
Ordering example
17
18
254
MRU
160
63
12-0
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
Type
100
300
500 [m³/h]
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
MLU
Dimensions
1
L
Ød1
88
2
183
3
Ød3
a
Description
is available in several types and dimensions. All types have
Ø 63 mm studs with Lindab Safe sealings for connections of
either SR 63 spiral-seamed ducts or semiflexible ducts
LFPE. The manifold is designed for floor installation but can
be used everywhere, also in the ceiling for example.
ducts effortlessly to the Ø 63 connections.
Ød3
nom
63
63
63
63
Ød1
nom
125
125
160
160
cc
Type
8-0
10-0
10-0
12-0
4
54
L
mm
888
1072
1173
1293
cc
mm
93
93
98
93
5
a
mm
85
85
102
102
6
m
kg
3,20
3,90
3,85
4,50
7
8
9
10
Technical data
Supply
Exhaust
[Pa]
0
Ød1 Ø 63
100
5
12
63
11
-0
-0
8-
0
16
63
12
[Pa]
Ød1 Ø 63
100
5
12
-0
10 12
63 63
0
16
50
12
50
Δpt
13
Δpt
10
-0
5
25
1
0
16
63
63
10
10
-0
10
5
1
10
50
100
140 [l/s]
q
5
12
0
0
8- 1063 63
0
16
14
1
10
50
100
140 [l/s]
15
q
40
50
100
500 [m³/h]
300
40
50
100
300
500 [m³/h]
16
Ordering example
MLU
125
63
8-0
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
Type
17
18
255
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
MHU
Dimensions
1
L
Ød1
H
2
h
3
54
4
Ød3
cc
6
183
5
Description
is available in several types and dimensions.
7
The manifolds are designed for floor installation but can be
used at other locations as well.
9
10
8
11
12
Ød1
nom
100
125
160
160
160
160
160
160
200
200
Ød3
nom
63
63
63
63
76
76
80
80
76
80
Type
3-0
3-0
6-0
8-0
6-0
8-0
6-0
8-0
10-0
10-0
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
MHU
17
160
63
6-0
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
Type
18
256
L
mm
270
270
518
685
620
820
620
820
1020
1020
H
mm
138
138
173
173
173
173
173
173
213
213
h
mm
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
105
105
cc
mm
83
83
83
83
100
100
100
100
100
100
m
kg
1,50
1,40
2,80
3,30
3,00
4,00
3,00
4,00
5,00
5,00
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
Technical data
Supply
1
Exhaust
[Pa]
[Pa]
Ød1 Ø 63
100
Ød1 Ø 63
100
50
2
50
0
Δpt
10
5
12
10
63
3-
3
06
16
-0
-0
0
6- 63 8
0
6
1
3
10
5
-0
38
-0
33
0 6 -0
10 63 3
5
12
Δpt
3
06
1
0
0
16
5
1
10
50
40
50
100
100
500 [m³/h]
300
[Pa]
63
6-
50
40
50
100
5
140 [l/s]
300
500
6
Ød1 Ø 80
100
50
4
100
[Pa]
Ød1 Ø 80
100
1
10
140 [l/s]
3
6
60
7
50
0
Δpt
-0
16
10
0
20
80
10
5
Δpt
8-
0 0
6- 0 8
80 16
0
10
5
16
1
10
50
40
50
100
100
300
140 [l/s]
500 [m³/h]
8
0
0 0
6- 0 8
80 16
0
1
10
50
40
50
100
8-
80
20
100
300
0
0
10
9
140 [l/s]
10
500
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
257
lindab | i ndomo
Manifold
MCWU
Dimensions
1
Ød1
Ød3
237
3
l1
2
4
95
l2
A
5
7
8
9
B
Description
Ød1
nom
Ød3
nom
Stubs
pcs
l1
mm
l2
mm
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
Manifold to connect vertical ducts to the horizontal ducts in
the casting-in screed.
Can be used for exhaust air as well as for supply air.
The internal pressure drop is minimized due to the internal
turning vane.
Easy to clean in connection with T-piece and cover
(TCPU+EPF), which gives access to the duct system up to
the air handling unit.
ducts LFPE effortlessly to the Ø 63 connections.
100
125
125
63
63
63
2
2
3
199
199
199
53
64
64
205
205
295
250
250
340
150 0,99
173 1,11
173 1,52
Distribution (supply air)
10
0
63
1
12 25 6 (2
×
5
63 3 (2 )
(3 ×)
×)
6
C
[Pa]
100
50
30
20
Δpt
10
10
5
11
3
2
1
12
1
2
3,6
3
5
10
20
10
30
50
100 [l/s]
360 [m³/h]
100
q
13
14
10
0
12 63
5 (2×
12
63 )
5
(2
63
×)
(3
×)
Accumulation (exhaust air)
[Pa]
100
50
15
Δpt
30
20
16
Ordering example
5
MCWU
17
18
258
10
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
Number of Ø 63 in-/outlets
100
63
2
3
2
1
1
3,6
2
3
5
10
10
30
100
q
20
50
100 [l/s]
360 [m³/h]
m
kg
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box floor
PGFU
Dimensions
1
H
2
h
3
A
4
99
110
5
Description
6
The plenum box is intended for supply and exhaust air.
It is intended to accommodate grille B3020, which can be
supplied with the regulating damper GAT or sliding damper
SKG.
It is designed for wall installation but can be used at other
locations as well. It is telescopic for flexibility at installation.
cc
Ød3
7
Dimension
2010
3010
2010
3010
3010
2010
3010
3010
# of
A
Ød3
nom Ø63/80 mm
63
2
184
63
3
285
76
1
184
76
1
285
76
2
285
80
1
184
80
1
285
80
2
285
The shown pressure drop is for the box including grille
B3020 and regulating sliding damper GAT set in open position.
H
mm
200–345
200–345
200–345
200–345
200–345
200–345
200–345
200–345
h
mm
44
44
56
56
56
56
56
56
cc
mm
92
89
126
126
m
kg
1,10
1,50
1,00
1,50
1,50
1,00
1,50
1,50
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
PGFU
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension Ød3
Number of Ø 63/80 in-/outlets
2010
63
2
17
18
259
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box floor
PGFU
Technical data
Supply
Exhaust
[Pa]
[Pa]
A×100 Ø 63
100
5
1
10
5
5
20
4
10
10
63
10
Δpt
20
Δpt
10
63
3
20
10
63
63
2
30 3*
10
63
3
50
2*
20
30 10
10
6
63 3 2
30
3*
10
63
3
50
30
2
A×100 Ø 63
100
2*
1
1
1
5
4 5
6
10
q
10
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
1
300 [m³/h]
* One of the Ø 63 is capped.
5
4 5
10
q
10
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
7
[Pa]
A×100 Ø 80
100
8
[Pa]
A×100 Ø 80
100
50
11
5
5
1
10
1
1
5
4 5
10
10
q
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
1
5
4 5
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
260
30
Δpt
2
80
10
30
10
30 201
10 0
80 80
1 1
10
80
10
80 80
1 1
20
10
10
30
9
Δpt
2
50
10
q
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box wall
PGWU
Dimensions
1
h
H
2
99
A
3
110
4
5
cc
Ød3
Description
6
It is intended to accommodate sliding damper SKG.
locations as well. It is telescopic for flexibility at installation.
Dimension
2010
3010
2010
3010
3010
2010
3010
3010
# of
A
Ød3
nom Ø63/80 mm
63
2
187
63
3
285
76
1
187
76
1
285
76
2
285
80
1
187
80
1
285
80
2
285
The shown pressure drop is for the box including grille
B3020 and regulating sliding damper SKG set in open position.
H
mm
85–110
85–110
105–125
105–125
105–125
105–125
105–125
105–125
h
mm
43
43
53
53
53
53
53
53
cc
mm
92
89
126
126
m
kg
0,50
0,70
0,56
0,75
0,78
0,56
0,75
0,78
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
PGWU
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension Ød3
Number of Ø 63/80 in-/outlets
2010
63
2
17
18
261
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box wall
PGWU
Technical data
Supply
Exhaust
[Pa]
[Pa]
5
5
1
5
20
1
63 0 6
3
30 3* 2
10
63
3
2*
20
4
10
10
10
10
Δpt
20
10
63
3
30 201
10 0 6
63 3 2
30
3*
10
63
3
50
2*
50
Δpt
A×100 Ø 63
100
30
2
A×100 Ø 63
100
63
1
1
1
5
4 5
6
10
q
10
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
1
300 [m³/h]
5
4 5
10
q
10
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
7
[Pa]
A×100 Ø 80
100
10
11
10
5
1
1
1
5
4 5
10
10
q
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
1
5
4 5
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
262
80
2
5
10
30
80
10
30
Δpt
10
2
50
30 20
10 10
80 80
1 1
50
Δpt
9
A×100 Ø 80
30 20
10 10
80 80
1 1
8
[Pa]
100
10
q
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box wall
PVWU
Dimensions
1
45
Ød
H
2
3
A
B
4
5
Description
6
Ød3
cc
It is intended to accommodate a damper.
locations as well.
Ød
nom
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
Ød3
nom
63
76
80
63
76
76
80
80
# of
Ø63
2
1
1
3
1
2
1
2
A
mm
174
174
174
249
249
249
249
249
B
mm
126
126
126
151
151
151
151
151
H
mm
85
103
103
85
103
103
103
103
cc
mm
78
78
126
126
m
kg
0,59
0,57
0,57
0,84
0,80
0,84
0,80
0,84
7
8
9
10
11
Fulfills the requirements of air tightness class D.
The shown pressure drop is for the box alone, which means
that the pressure drop for the valve has to be added.
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
PVWU
Product
Dimension Ød
Dimension Ød3
100
63
2
17
18
263
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box wall
PVWU
Technical data
Exhaust
[Pa]
[Pa]
a×b Ø 63
100
50
50
4
5
5
1
33
Δpt
56
06
10
12
10
Δpt
32
3
12
5
10
0
63
2
2
a×b Ø 63
100
3
Supply
63
1
10
5
1
1
5
4 5
6
10
q
10
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
1
300 [m³/h]
5
4 5
10
q
10
50
50
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
100
7
[Pa]
10
11
50
5
1
1
5
4 5
10
10
q
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
2
1
1
5
4 5
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
264
5
80
5
12
2
5
80
10
12
10
Δpt
50
12 10
5 08
80 0
1 1
Δpt
9
Ø d Ø 80
100
12 100
5
80 80
1 1
8
[Pa]
Ød Ø 80
100
10
q
50
50
100
100 [l/s]
300 [m³/h]
lindab | i ndomo
Plenum box
PVCU
Dimensions
Ød
68 45
1
2
A
3
B
4
5
Description
It is intended to accommodate a valve.
It is designed for ceiling installation but can be used at other
locations as well.
All types have Ø 63 mm studs with Lindab Safe sealings for
connections of either SR 63 spiral-seamed duct or semiflexible duct LFPE. Each Ø 63 connection is equipped with a
clip to hold the semiflexible duct LFPE – Smart lock function.
Fulfils the requirements for air tightness class D.
The shown pressure drop is for the box alone, which means
that the pressure drop for the valve has to be added.
Ød
nom
100
100
125
125
125
6
Ø d3
cc
# of
Ø63
1
2
1
2
3
Ød3
nom
63
63
63
63
63
A
mm
184
206
184
206
297
B
mm
184
206
184
206
297
cc
mm
95
95
95
95
95
m
kg
0,66
0,80
0,66
0,80
1,36
7
8
9
10
Technical data
Exhaust
[Pa]
11
[Pa]
Ød Ø 63
100
50
50
Ød Ø 63
12
12
5
63
5
13
12
5
Δpt
10
10
0
63
1
06
32
12
56
33
10
12
5
Δpt
63
1
2
100
63
3
Supply
10
5
32
56
12
1
0
100 [l/s]
10
50
5
10
q
50
100 [l/s]
15
12
10
q
63
1
5
56
10
0
1
32
63
1
1
1
14
4 5
10
50
100
300 [m³/h]
4 5
10
50
100
300 [m³/h]
16
Ordering example
PVCU
Product
Dimension Ød1
Dimension Ød3
100
63
2
17
18
265
lindab | i ndomo
Clamping bracket
FIKS
Dimensions
1
17
17
17
A
H
2
40
3
4
52
Ø 5 mm
5
6
7
B
Description
The clamping brackets FIKS are used for fixation of ducts in
connection with mounting or embedment into the floor.
There are two sizes for 2 and 3 ducts, respectively.
8
Type
FIKS 63 2
FIKS 63 3
FIKS 76 2
FIKS 76 3
A
mm
150
250
187
280
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Number of ducts
FIKS 63
3
18
266
B
mm
90
165
221
314
H
mm
73
73
91
91
Weight
kg
0,20
0,30
0,23
0,29
lindab | i ndomo
Semiflexible duct
LFPE
Dimensions
1
3
Ød
ØD
2
4
5
Description
Has a corrugated outside and a smooth inner surface.
Made of odorless polyethylene (PE) without and recycled
material.
Inner duct with antistatic additives and has microbial properties according to EN ISO 846 A.
Ød
nom
63
76
ØD
mm
75
90
l
mm
50000
50000
m
kg/m
0,25
0,35
6
7
Ring stiffness >= 8 kN/m² according to EN ISO 9969.
Can be bent to a radius of minimum 150 mm.
Dimension 63 fits Lindab Safe Ø 63 mm.
Dimension 80 fits Lindab Safe Ø 80 mm. Use the transition
piece RCFU, with Smart Lock function, to connect the LFPE
76/90-dimension to InDomo manifolds and plenum boxes.
The smart lock function allows you to fasten LFPE effortlessly
8
9
10
Outside/inside color: White
11
Delivered in coils of 50 m.
Minimum installation and use temperature: -5 ºC
Maximum installation and use temperature: +60 ºC
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
LFPE
63
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
267
lindab | i ndomo
Semiflexible duct
Technical data
1
Pressure drop
Straight
2
[Pa/m]
63
30
4
76
10
Δpt
3
5
1
1
6
7
5
5
10
10
20
30 [l/s]
100 [m³/h]
50
Bent 45° (length 0,5 m)
[Pa/m]
30
8
20
63
76
9
Δpt
10
5
10
1
1
11
5
5
12
13
10
10
20
30 [l/s]
100 [m³/h]
50
Bent 90° (length 0,5 m)
[Pa/m]
30
Δpt
14
20
63
10
76
5
15
16
1
1
17
5
5
10
10
20
50
30 [l/s]
100 [m³/h]
18
268
LFPE
lindab | access doors
Access doors
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
EPFH.................................................... 271
1
2
Cleaning of duct systems
Some duct units have parts which more or less block the
duct system, and thus obstruct or prevent cleaning of it.
Such units are silencers with baffles, most dampers and
some flow measurement units. You can choose one of the
following approaches, to permit cleaning at such units:
ESHU ................................................... 272
3
4
KCU ..................................................... 273
5
IPLR ..................................................... 274
6
7
• You can install access doors such as KCU, EPFH,
KCRU or KC on each side of the unit.
• You can use sealing clamp SVK to make it easy to
remove the unit from the system.
• You can use slide-in coupling SMFU to make it easy to
remove the unit from the system.
NOTE! To prevent the system from inadvertently coming apart during operation, locate the slide-in coupling
upstream of the unit, seen from the direction of the air
flow.
• You can locally switch over to Transfer to make it easy
to remove the unit from the system.
IPF........................................................ 275
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
270
Access door
EPFH
Dimensions
Ø80
1
30
2
Ød
Ød
l
Ø100–160
l
5
3
4
Ø400–630
l 30
Ø200–315
l
30
5
Description
6
Access door, which fits outside a Safe fitting.
7
Ød
Ød
Some dimensions Ø80–355 have notches for bayonet locking, in order to be better fixed in ducts with positive pressure. You must then add two rivets to the fitting.
Dimensions Ø400–630 have eccentric locks in order to be
better fixed in ducts with positive pressure. You must then
mount the hooks of the locks in the fitting.
8
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
l
mm
48
40
40
40
40
60
60
m
kg
0,09
0,15
0,17
0,22
0,32
0,55
0,74
Handle
Lock
1 fixed small
1 folding
1 folding
1 folding
1 fixed
2 fixed
2 fixed
–
bayonet
bayonet
bayonet
bayonet
bayonet
bayonet
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
EPFH
250
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
271
Access door
ESHU
Dimensions
1
Ø100–160
Ø200–630
l
30
2
l
5
4
Ød1
Ød1
3
5
6
Description
Access door, which fits inside an SR duct.
7
No Click function – has a closed turned-over end.
8
Ød1
nom
100
125
160
200
250
315
l
mm
10
10
10
10
10
10
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
ESHU
160
18
272
m
kg
0,17
0,19
0,29
0,36
0,58
0,88
Handle
1 folding
1 folding
1 folding
1 fixed
2 fixed
2 fixed
Access door
KCU
Dimensions
1
Ø100 – 160
Ø200 – (400)
l
l
2
30
5
Ød
Ød
3
4
5
Description
Insulated access door which fits outside a Safe fitting.
The door is held in place by spring clips against the inside of
the Safe fitting. This does not apply to Ø400 which is held in
place by two eccentric locks.
The door is loosened by pulling it straight outwards, and is
installed in the opposite manner (but not Ø400). There are
one or two handles to help in the process.
Ød
nom
100
125
160
200
250
315
Δp
Pa
3400
3400
3400
3400
3400
2600
l
mm
40
40
40
40
60
60
m
kg
0,30
0,40
0,60
0,80
1,28
1,81
6
Handle
1 folding
1 folding
1 folding
1 fixed
2 fixed
2 fixed
7
8
Δp in the table gives the maximum positive pressure the
access door can withstand when installed from beneath.
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
KCU
250
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
273
Access door
IPLR
Dimensions
1
Ød
2
3
4
6
a*
5
Description
Access door, which fits on the curved side of a circular duct.
7
A neoprene cellular gasket seals on the duct's inside.
Supplied with a self adhesive template which guides when
cutting the oval aperture.
Ø 100–800 is available in stainless steel by request.
b*
8
Specification
10
Door PanelsCorrosion resistant galvanised mild steel.
Locking KnobPolyamid.
Bolts/NutsZinc plated mild steel.
GasketInert neoprene cellular sponge gasket which will not
support combustion in its installed state.
11
Alternative materials
Door panels are available in aluminium and stainless steel to
special order.
9
Ød
nom
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
* Note! Opening dimensions.
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød
IPLR
500
18
274
a*
mm
180
180
180
250
250
250
250
b*
mm
80
80
80
150
150
150
150
m
kg
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,80
0,80
0,80
0,80
Access door
IPF
Dimensions
1
2
b
3
4
5
a
Description
Access door, which fits on the flat side of a rectangular duct.
A neoprene cellular gasket seals on the duct's inside.
Supplied with a self adhesive template which guides when
cutting the rectangular aperture.
Can achieve maximum tightness class C.
a*
mm
250
b*
mm
150
6
m
kg
0,65
7
* Note! Opening dimensions.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
IPF
Product
Largest side
Smallest side
250
150
17
a
b
18
275
Accessories
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Content
1
Duct
suspension
Sealants
MASTIC .................................................. 287
FB........................................................... 278
2
3
Tape
Rectangular
plain washer
AI TAPE................................................... 288
S4B......................................................... 279
MT TAPE................................................. 289
4
Threaded rod
PVC TAPE............................................... 290
OSB........................................................ 279
5
RAI TAPE ................................................ 291
6
Hexagonal
studding
connector
UR TAPE................................................. 292
OSM ....................................................... 280
7
8
Steel screw
with sharp tip
Eye bolt
U51, U52, U55 ........................................ 293
EB........................................................... 280
Steel screw
wiht reduced
drill tip
9
Duct support
U41, U42................................................. 293
DH .......................................................... 281
10
Duct filter
STR ......................................................... 294
11
12
Suspension
rings
UV25....................................................... 282
UV30....................................................... 283
Filter box
DRSN ..................................................... 284
DRSNR ................................................... 285
Panel filter
FIBOX ..................................................... 295
13
14
15
Water trap
Pressure-tight
blind rivet
16
17
PM5–PF9 ................................................ 296
VANDLAAS ............................................. 297
RG12, RG13, RG22, RG2240,
RG23, RH13, RH22BN ......................... 287
Blind rivet
open end
Protection cap
SKL ......................................................... 298
RK12, RK1240, RK14, RK22,
RK24BN ....................................... 287
18
277
Duct suspension
FB
Dimensions
20
1
0,7
Ø6,5 Ø3,3
2
25
FB 40
Ø8,5
3
0,9
Ø10,0
Ø8,5
Ø3,3
FB 50
25
4
0,9
Description
6
Thickness
mm
Length
m
Material
1,25
Ø10,5 Ø8,5
7
30
FB 30
8
0,5
Ø10,5 Ø8,5
FB 30
9
30
Suspension band
Suspension bands are designed to suspend air ducts. It is
easy to cut and bend and allows a quick and economical
method of assembly. The perforated suspension steel band
is made of steel with assorted holes, which, according to the
type selected, allow fixing of threaded rods, threaded
clamps, bolts, etc. The small holes can be used with rivets,
screws or nails.
Width
mm
5
Ø10,0 Ø8,5 Ø3,3
25
FB 50
1,0
16
0,9
25
galvanized
20
0,7
25
galvanized
25
0,9
25
galvanized
25
1,25
25
galvanized
30
0,5
25
stainless
30
1,0
25
stainless
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
FB
25
0,9
Product
Width
Thickness
17
18
278
Duct suspension
1
S4B
Ød2
2
3
b
Rectangular plain washer
Surface finish: Hot dipped galvanized.
Dim
Ød2
b
mm
Thickness
mm
9
25
3
11
30
3
4
Ordering example
5
Product
Dimension Ød2
Length b
S4B
b
9
25
6
S4B
FB
7
OSB
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Threaded rod
The threaded rod is according to the standard
DIN 976-1.
That means that the thread angle is 60°.
Property calss:4.8
Surface finish: Electro zinc plated.
Dim
Length
mm
Type
M6
1000
60
M6
2000
60
M8
1000
60
M8
2000
60
M10
1000
60
M10
2000
60
M12
1000
60
M12
2000
60
16
90° Thread axis
Ordering example
OSB
15
60°
8
2000
60
Product
Dimension
Length
Type
17
18
279
Duct suspension
OSM
1
Hexagonal studding connector
Used together with threaded rod to reduce wastage to a minimum.
Threaded in both ends with a stop in the middle.
Dim
2
Length
mm
M6
30
M8
30
M10
30
3
4
5
Ordering example
OSM
8
30
Product
Dimension
Length
6
7
EB
Ød
8
Ød
mm
M8
46
8,5
M10
51
10,5
10
11
Ordering example
EB
9
l
Length
mm
Dim
10
Eye bolt
8
Product
Dimension
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
280
Duct holder
DH
Dimensions
1
Ød
2
3
L
4
5
6
A
B
Description
Used to fix ducts standing on joists.
7
8
Is provided with fixing holes in the base.
Varying height can be arranged by installing two duct supports, one inside the other. These can be locked with two
self-tapping screws on each short side.
The L dimension can then vary:
9
for Ø 63–250 between 100 and 200 mm,
for Ø 315–630 between 100 and 250 mm.
Can also be delivered in additional sizes.
10
11
12
13
Ød
nom
63
63
80
80
100
100
125
125
160
160
200
200
250
250
315
315
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
A
mm
66
66
83
83
103
103
128
128
163
163
203
203
253
253
318
318
* Reinforced
14
15
16
DH
17
160
100
Product
Dimension Ød
Height L
18
281
B
mm
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
25
30
Lmin × Lmax**
mm
100-200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–200
100–250
m
kg
0,08
0,09
0,09
0,11
0,10
0,12
0,12
0,15
0,15
0,18
0,25
0,29
0,30
0,35
0,39
0,46
Suspension rings
UV25
Dimensions
1
40
t
Ø9,5
2
Ød
3
4
5
25
Description
For suspension of circular ducting. At insulated duct it is
recommended that the suspension ring is mounted inside
the insulation.
Ød
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
t
mm
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
2,0
6
m
kg
0,11
0,13
0,15
0,18
0,22
0,27
0,33
0,41
Can also be delivered in additional sizes.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
UV25
200
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
282
Suspension rings
UV30
Dimensions
1
t
Ø10,5
2
Ød
3
4
5
6
7
30
Description
For suspension of circular ducting. At insulated duct it is
recommended that the suspension ring is mounted inside
the insulation.
8
9
Ød
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød
UV30
200
18
283
t
mm
1,25
1,25
1,25
1,25
1,50
1,50
1,50
1,50
m
kg
0,09
0,11
0,13
0,16
0,20
0,24
0,30
0,36
Circular suspension
DRSN
Dimensions
Ø63–400
1
Ø450–1250
t
t
t
2
3
Ød
Ød
20
25
4
Ø63–400
With slotted quick closure.
With screw PH3 M6×20.
5
6
Description
For suspension of circular ducting.
Combined connection nut M8/M10 and slotted quick closure for Ø 63–400. Connection nut M10 for Ø 450–1250.
Ød
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
t
mm
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
Connection
nut
typ
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
m
kg
0,12
0,13
0,15
0,17
0,20
0,24
0,28
0,36
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
DRSN
250
Product
Dimension Ød
18
284
Circular suspension
DRSNR
Dimensions
1
Ø63–400
Ø450–1250
t
t
2
3
7
Ø63–400
With slotted quick closure.
With screw PH3 M6×20.
Description
For suspension of circular ducting.
With vibration-damping internal lining of EPDM rubber.
Combined connection nut M8/M10 and slotted quick closure for Ø 63–400. Connection nut M10 for Ø 450–1250.
8
9
10
Ød
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Ordering example
DRSNR
18
285
25
20
5
6
Ød
Ød
4
250
Product
Dimension Ød
t
mm
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
Connection
nut
typ
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
M8+M10
m
kg
0,14
0,17
0,19
0,23
0,27
0,32
0,43
0,52
Joining materials
Pressure-tight blind rivet
1
For applications where airtightness is required.
RG: Aluminium rivet with dome head and steel mandrel
RG2240: Painted aluminium rivet with dome head and steel mandrel.
RH: Stainless steel rivet with dome head and stainless steel mandrel.
Code
Dim
mm
Length
mm
Material
Type
Grip
min – max
RG12
3,2
8,0
ALUM
STÅL
2,0 – 3,5
RG13
3,2
9,5
ALUM
STÅL
3,5 – 5,0
RH13
3,2
9,5
RF
RF
3,0 – 5,0
RG22
4,0
9,5
ALUM
STÅL
3,5 – 4,5
RG2240
4,0
9,5
ALUM
VIT
3,5 – 4,5
RG23
4,0
12,5
ALUM
STÅL
6,5 – 8,0
RH22
4,0
10,0
RF
RF
3,0 – 5,0
2
3
4
5
6
Ordering example
RG
40
95
ALUM STÅL
7
Product
Dimension
Length
Material
Type
8
9
Blind rivet open end
For applications where airtightness not is required.
RK: Aluminium rivet with dome head and steel mandrel
RK1240: Painted aluminium rivet with dome head and steel mandrel.
Code
Dim
mm
Length
mm
Material
Type
Grip
min – max
RK12
3,2
8,0
ALUM
STÅL
0,5 – 5,0
RK1240
3,2
8,0
ALUM
VIT
0,5 – 5,0
RK14
3,2
9,5
ALUM
STÅL
2,0 – 6,5
RK22
4,0
10,5
ALUM
STÅL
0,5 – 7,0
RK24
4,0
12,5
ALUM
STÅL
4,0 – 7,0
Ordering example
RK
10
11
12
13
14
40
95
ALUM STÅL
Product
Dimension
Length
Material
Type
15
16
17
18
286
Sealants and tape
1
2
3
4
MASTIC
Art. no.
Dim
Color
Material
300349
300
Grey
Phthalate free water
based acrylic
300351
5000
Grey
based acrylic
300350
300
White
based acrylic
300353
300
Grey
Oil based plastic sealant
300354
300
Grey
Oil based plastic elastic
sytoseal
300357
300
Grey
Neutral curing silicone
sealant, anti mould
treated.
300358
300
Transparant
Neutral curing silicone
sealant, anti mould
treated.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
287
Aluminium Insulation Tape
AI TAPE
Dimensions
1
Code
TAPE
TAPE
TAPE
Width
mm
50
75
100
Length
m
50
50
50
2
3
4
5
Description
6
Single sided self-adhesive aluminium insulation tape.
Used in production and assembly of AC and ventilation
devices, dust removing systems as well as heat engineering.
To be applied on the insulation bends and forks, on material
and mineral wool or glas wool segment connections.
Ensures a coherent aluminium insulation layer which prevents water from penetrating the system. Hardly combustible according to DIN 4102-1 B1 standard.
7
8
Material
Aluminium.
9
Colour
Shining silver.
10
Temperature range
-25–70 °C.
Total thickness
0,075 mm.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TAPE
50
AI
Product
Width
Type
17
18
288
PP Metalized Tape
MT TAPE
Dimensions
1
Code
TAPE
TAPE
2
Width
mm
50
75
3
4
5
6
Description
7
Single sided self adhesive tape with aluminium dust.
Used to steam tighten AC or central heating systems.
Due to its good adhesive properties and low side penetration by water and solvents, it is also widely used in other
branches.
8
Material
Polypropylene (PP), metalized.
9
Colour
Shiny silver.
Temperature range
-20–80 °C.
10
Total thickness
0,05 mm.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
289
TAPE
50
MT
Product
Width
Type
Length
m
50
50
PVC Installation Tape
PVC TAPE
Dimensions
1
Code
TAPE
TAPE
Width
mm
50
50
Length
m
20
50
2
3
4
5
Description
6
Soft tape made of polyvinyl chloride designed for pipes and
ducts (ventilation and heating) less exposed to weather conditions. Elastic which allows for relatively smooth surface
after applying the tape.
7
Material
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC).
8
Colour
Matt gray.
9
Temperature range
-15–60 °C.
Total thickness
0,08 mm.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TAPE
50
5000
PVC
Product
Width
Length
Type
17
18
290
Reinforced Aluminium
Insulation Tape
RAI TAPE
Dimensions
1
Code
TAPE
TAPE
TAPE
2
Width
mm
50
75
100
3
4
5
6
7
8
Description
Single sided self-adhesive aluminium tape reinforced with
5×5 mm carbon fibre net, laminated with polyethylene.
Higher mechanical durability as compared to plain tape.
Widely used in technical assemblys.
Material
Aluminium, reinforced.
Colour
Shiny silver.
9
10
Temperature range
-25–70 °C.
Total thickness
0,15 mm.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
18
291
TAPE
50
RAI
Product
Width
Type
Length
m
50
50
50
Universal Repair Tape
UR TAPE
Dimensions
1
Code
TAPE
Width
mm
50
Length
m
50
2
3
4
5
Description
6
Single sided self adhesive tape perfect for connecting insulations in AC and ventilation systems. Perfect for all types of
repairs.
Very good adhesive properties.
7
Material
Polyethylene (PE), laminated with polyester-cotton fabric.
8
Colour
Matt gray.
9
Temperature range
0–80 °C.
Total thickness
0,22 mm.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
TAPE
50
UR
Product
Width
Type
17
18
292
Joining materials
1
2
Steel screw with sharp tip
For assembling of ventilation ducts and thin sheets.
For applications where high airtightness is required.
Head: Hexagon ¼" + Robertson R2.
Surface finish: electro zink plated.
3
4
5
Length
mm
U51
4,2
9,5
2 × 0,9
U52
4,2
13
2 × 0,9
U55
4,2
25
2 × 0,9
# × mm
Ordering example
U51
6
Sheet t capacity
Dim
mm
Code
4,2
9,5
Product
Dimension
Length
7
8
9
10
Steel screw wiht reduced drill tip
For assembling of ventilation ducts and thin sheets.
For applications where high airtightness is required.
Head: Hexagon ¼" + Robertson R2.
Surface finish: electro zink plated.
Sheet t capacity
Dim
mm
Length
mm
U41
4,2
9,5
2 × 1,0
U42
4,2
13
2 × 1,0
Code
# × mm
11
Ordering example
12
13
U41
4,2
9,5
Product
Dimension
Length
14
15
16
17
18
293
Duct filter
STR
Dimensions
L
1
Ød1
2
3
area
m²
0,04
0,05
0,09
0,14
0,22
0,34
m
kg
0,04
0,08
0,12
0,16
0,23
0,36
4
5
6
7
Filter class G4
500
Ød1 [mm]
vm
ax
Δ pt [Pa]
8
630
1000
315
400
500
The special tapered shape gives 4–5 times larger filter area
than the equivalent duct cross section area, giving lower
pressure drop and longer exchange intervals than the
equivalent flat filter.
Standard filter class is G4, but class F5 is optionally available. The diagram shows the pressure drop across a clean
filter, including T-piece. The filter can be used to twice this
pressure drop. It is a good idea to dimension the system for
the average value.
tolerance
mm
± 20
± 20
± 20
± 25
± 30
± 30
160
200
250
The duct filter fits in all fittings with a Safe-groove. To install
the filter in a T-piece means a simple mounting and replacing.
L
mm
220
260
340
420
540
670
100
125
Description
Ød1
Nm
100
125
160
200
250
315
=1
0m
9
/s
100
50
10
Δ pt dim = 1,5 · Δ pt clean
10
5
Max temperature = 120 °C
Highest recommended air speed in the duct.
10
50 100
50 100
500 1000
500 1000
q
11
5000 [l/s]
5000 10000
[m3/h]
Filter class F5
12
Ød1 [mm]
100
0
50
0
0
40
31
5
0
0
20
25
16
0
5
13
63
Δ pt [Pa]
10
0
500
12
vmax (m/s)
10
4,5
Filter class
G4
F5
5
vm
ax
14
=4
,5
50
m/
s
15
10
5
2
10
50
50
100
100
500 1000
500 1000 2000 [l/s]
5000
[m3/h]
16
q
Ordering example
STR
200
G4
Product
Dimension Ød1
Filter class
17
18
294
Filter box
FIBOX
Dimensions
1
3
4
b
Ød1
2
l
a
5
6
7
8
9
10
Description
Box for panel filters PM5–PF9.
Removable lid with 4 knobbed screws for simple filter
exchange, inspection and cleaning.
Aerodynamic construction due to studs with radius.
Sturdy filter holding frame with fixing steel thread clamps.
Tight filter seat prevents bye-pass leakage.
Large label, for filter usage data, on lid.
Fulfils the requirements for air tightness class D.
Ød1
nom
100
125
150
160
200
l
nom
305
305
305
305
305
Ideal as addition to controlled residential ventilation in order
to improve the air quality.
NOTE! Panel filters, PM5–PF9, must be ordered separately!
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
17
Product
Dimension Ød1
FIBOX
160
18
295
a
mm
310
310
310
310
310
b
mm
315
315
315
315
315
m
kg
5,70
5,61
5,50
5,46
5,25
Panel filters
PM5–PF9
Dimensions
1
b
2
3
a
t
4
5
Description
6
Fabricated from folded, non-glass material with progressiv
depth-filtering. Filter and frame wholly made of water repellant polypropylene which simplifies waste handeling since
no material separation is nesseccary.
The filter material is selfsupporting. Hence is avoided the
reduction of effective filter area due to additional support.
Material
Product
code
PM5
PM6
PF7
PF8
PF9
Filter
class
M5
M6
F7
F8
F9
Filter
colour
beige
green
red
yellow
white
t
mm
47
47
47
47
47
a
mm
287
287
287
287
287
b
mm
287
287
287
287
287
m
kg
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,44
0,44
7
8
Deviations up to 3 mm from the given measures may occur
due to the single material used in the construction and with
this connected thermal gluing technique and sealing off.
Filter:
Polypropylene
Filter frame: Polypropylene
Glue:
Polypropylene
10
Technical data
Filter
code
PM5
PM6
PF7
PF8
PF9
Pressure drop, start
Pa
at air flow [l/s]
56
111
167
222
at air velocity [m/s]
0,7
1,3
2,0
2,7
10
25
47
82
14
37
67
107
24
62
112
177
29
77
134
202
39
85
152
230
9
Recommended
pressure drop, end
Pa
11
12
250
250
250
300
300
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
PM5
287
287
47
Product
a mm
b mm
t mm
17
18
296
Water trap
VANDLAAS
Dimensions
Ø 32
1
DN 40
25-240
2
4
Description
8
An air handling unit in a residential ventilation system produces up to 10 litres of condensation water per day. Therefore is it important that the condensation drainage is
correctly mounted and that the air handling unit is at an
angle towards the condensation flow side. From the water
trap to the internal drain the installation should have an inclination of 1%.
9
If the air handling unit is installed in an unheated space, the
condensation water drainage pipe should be insulated so
that the condensation water does not freeze.
7
10
It is recommended that the water trap is mounted in a
heated room to make sure that the water in the water trap
does not freeze.
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
VANDLAAS
17
Product
18
297
60
140-310
5
6
95
106
3
Protection cap
SKL
Dimensions
1
2
l
3
Ød
4
5
Description
SKL is a plastic end cap to prevent dust and debris to contaminate ducts or fittings.
The product can be used during transport, storage or during
the installation of the duct system.
Fits inside SR ducts and female fittings and fits outside
Lindab safe fittings.
Ød
nom
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
l
mm
24
24
24
24
24
24
40
40
60
6
m
kg
0,005
0,010
0,015
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,10
0,20
0,40
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Ordering example
SKL
160
Product
Dimension Ød
17
18
298
Air handling units
1
2
3
Dampers
4
Silencers
5
Valves and Grilles
6
InCapsa
7
InDomo
8
Access doors
9
Accessories
10
Air handling units
11
Index
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Introduction Air Handling Units
1
Technical specifications, traditions and designs for Air Handling Units are very different from market to market, we
therefore kindly ask you to contact your local Lindab Company to explore which Air Handling Units we can recommend and offer you.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
301

Residential Ventilation

Transcription

Similar documents

Danfoss Air

Naylor Catalog Page 1